File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp |
Warning: | line 8127, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===// | ||||||
2 | // | ||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
6 | // | ||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
8 | // | ||||||
9 | // This file defines the code-completion semantic actions. | ||||||
10 | // | ||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
12 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | ||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" | ||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | ||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h" | ||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | ||||||
20 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | ||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | ||||||
22 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" | ||||||
23 | #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h" | ||||||
24 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||
25 | #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h" | ||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" | ||||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | ||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" | ||||||
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" | ||||||
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | ||||||
39 | #include "llvm/Support/Path.h" | ||||||
40 | #include <list> | ||||||
41 | #include <map> | ||||||
42 | #include <string> | ||||||
43 | #include <vector> | ||||||
44 | |||||||
45 | using namespace clang; | ||||||
46 | using namespace sema; | ||||||
47 | |||||||
48 | namespace { | ||||||
49 | /// A container of code-completion results. | ||||||
50 | class ResultBuilder { | ||||||
51 | public: | ||||||
52 | /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the | ||||||
53 | /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in | ||||||
54 | /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be | ||||||
55 | /// filtered out (returns false). | ||||||
56 | typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const; | ||||||
57 | |||||||
58 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
59 | |||||||
60 | private: | ||||||
61 | /// The actual results we have found. | ||||||
62 | std::vector<Result> Results; | ||||||
63 | |||||||
64 | /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed | ||||||
65 | /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into | ||||||
66 | /// the result set twice. | ||||||
67 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound; | ||||||
68 | |||||||
69 | typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair; | ||||||
70 | |||||||
71 | /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store | ||||||
72 | /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but | ||||||
73 | /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings. | ||||||
74 | class ShadowMapEntry { | ||||||
75 | typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector; | ||||||
76 | |||||||
77 | /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector | ||||||
78 | /// of (declaration, index) pairs. | ||||||
79 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector; | ||||||
80 | |||||||
81 | /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is | ||||||
82 | /// the index associated with that entry. | ||||||
83 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; | ||||||
84 | |||||||
85 | public: | ||||||
86 | ShadowMapEntry() : DeclOrVector(), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} | ||||||
87 | ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; | ||||||
88 | ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); } | ||||||
89 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; | ||||||
90 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { | ||||||
91 | SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex; | ||||||
92 | DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector; | ||||||
93 | Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr; | ||||||
94 | return *this; | ||||||
95 | } | ||||||
96 | |||||||
97 | void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) { | ||||||
98 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) { | ||||||
99 | // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information. | ||||||
100 | DeclOrVector = ND; | ||||||
101 | SingleDeclIndex = Index; | ||||||
102 | return; | ||||||
103 | } | ||||||
104 | |||||||
105 | if (const NamedDecl *PrevND = | ||||||
106 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) { | ||||||
107 | // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the | ||||||
108 | // existing declaration. | ||||||
109 | DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector; | ||||||
110 | Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex)); | ||||||
111 | DeclOrVector = Vec; | ||||||
112 | } | ||||||
113 | |||||||
114 | // Add the new element to the end of the vector. | ||||||
115 | DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back( | ||||||
116 | DeclIndexPair(ND, Index)); | ||||||
117 | } | ||||||
118 | |||||||
119 | ~ShadowMapEntry() { | ||||||
120 | if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = | ||||||
121 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) { | ||||||
122 | delete Vec; | ||||||
123 | DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr); | ||||||
124 | } | ||||||
125 | } | ||||||
126 | |||||||
127 | // Iteration. | ||||||
128 | class iterator; | ||||||
129 | iterator begin() const; | ||||||
130 | iterator end() const; | ||||||
131 | }; | ||||||
132 | |||||||
133 | /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have | ||||||
134 | /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of | ||||||
135 | /// results. | ||||||
136 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap; | ||||||
137 | |||||||
138 | /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being | ||||||
139 | /// produced. | ||||||
140 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||
141 | |||||||
142 | /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings. | ||||||
143 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; | ||||||
144 | |||||||
145 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo; | ||||||
146 | |||||||
147 | /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion | ||||||
148 | /// results that are not desirable. | ||||||
149 | LookupFilter Filter; | ||||||
150 | |||||||
151 | /// Whether we should allow declarations as | ||||||
152 | /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out. | ||||||
153 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers; | ||||||
154 | |||||||
155 | /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value | ||||||
156 | /// declarations to have. | ||||||
157 | /// | ||||||
158 | /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's | ||||||
159 | /// priority. | ||||||
160 | CanQualType PreferredType; | ||||||
161 | |||||||
162 | /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at | ||||||
163 | /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy. | ||||||
164 | std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps; | ||||||
165 | |||||||
166 | /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup. | ||||||
167 | /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another. | ||||||
168 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry> | ||||||
169 | OverloadMap; | ||||||
170 | |||||||
171 | /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set | ||||||
172 | /// of qualifiers applied to the object type. | ||||||
173 | Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers; | ||||||
174 | /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads. | ||||||
175 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind; | ||||||
176 | |||||||
177 | /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active. | ||||||
178 | bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers; | ||||||
179 | |||||||
180 | /// The selector that we prefer. | ||||||
181 | Selector PreferredSelector; | ||||||
182 | |||||||
183 | /// The completion context in which we are gathering results. | ||||||
184 | CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext; | ||||||
185 | |||||||
186 | /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation | ||||||
187 | /// object. | ||||||
188 | ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation; | ||||||
189 | |||||||
190 | void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R); | ||||||
191 | |||||||
192 | void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R); | ||||||
193 | |||||||
194 | public: | ||||||
195 | explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, | ||||||
196 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||||
197 | const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext, | ||||||
198 | LookupFilter Filter = nullptr) | ||||||
199 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo), | ||||||
200 | Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false), | ||||||
201 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext), | ||||||
202 | ObjCImplementation(nullptr) { | ||||||
203 | // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the | ||||||
204 | // corresponding implementation. | ||||||
205 | switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) { | ||||||
206 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression: | ||||||
207 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver: | ||||||
208 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
209 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement: | ||||||
210 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery: | ||||||
211 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||||
212 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||||
213 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
214 | ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation(); | ||||||
215 | break; | ||||||
216 | |||||||
217 | default: | ||||||
218 | break; | ||||||
219 | } | ||||||
220 | } | ||||||
221 | |||||||
222 | /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration. | ||||||
223 | unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D); | ||||||
224 | |||||||
225 | /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion | ||||||
226 | /// results. | ||||||
227 | bool includeCodePatterns() const { | ||||||
228 | return SemaRef.CodeCompleter && | ||||||
229 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns(); | ||||||
230 | } | ||||||
231 | |||||||
232 | /// Set the filter used for code-completion results. | ||||||
233 | void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; } | ||||||
234 | |||||||
235 | Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); } | ||||||
236 | unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); } | ||||||
237 | bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); } | ||||||
238 | |||||||
239 | /// Specify the preferred type. | ||||||
240 | void setPreferredType(QualType T) { | ||||||
241 | PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); | ||||||
242 | } | ||||||
243 | |||||||
244 | /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering | ||||||
245 | /// calls to member functions. | ||||||
246 | /// | ||||||
247 | /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter | ||||||
248 | /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a | ||||||
249 | /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier | ||||||
250 | /// match. | ||||||
251 | void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) { | ||||||
252 | ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals; | ||||||
253 | ObjectKind = Kind; | ||||||
254 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true; | ||||||
255 | } | ||||||
256 | |||||||
257 | /// Set the preferred selector. | ||||||
258 | /// | ||||||
259 | /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that | ||||||
260 | /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method | ||||||
261 | /// a slight priority boost. | ||||||
262 | void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; } | ||||||
263 | |||||||
264 | /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are | ||||||
265 | /// being collected. | ||||||
266 | const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const { | ||||||
267 | return CompletionContext; | ||||||
268 | } | ||||||
269 | |||||||
270 | /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed. | ||||||
271 | void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) { | ||||||
272 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow; | ||||||
273 | } | ||||||
274 | |||||||
275 | /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting | ||||||
276 | /// code completion results. | ||||||
277 | Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; } | ||||||
278 | |||||||
279 | /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings. | ||||||
280 | CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; } | ||||||
281 | |||||||
282 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; } | ||||||
283 | |||||||
284 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting | ||||||
285 | /// as a code-completion result. | ||||||
286 | /// | ||||||
287 | /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting. | ||||||
288 | /// | ||||||
289 | /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is | ||||||
290 | /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier. | ||||||
291 | bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
292 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const; | ||||||
293 | |||||||
294 | /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration. | ||||||
295 | /// | ||||||
296 | /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if | ||||||
297 | /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be | ||||||
298 | /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra | ||||||
299 | /// qualification). | ||||||
300 | bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
301 | const NamedDecl *Hiding); | ||||||
302 | |||||||
303 | /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one | ||||||
304 | /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a | ||||||
305 | /// redeclaration). | ||||||
306 | /// | ||||||
307 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). | ||||||
308 | /// | ||||||
309 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. | ||||||
310 | void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr); | ||||||
311 | |||||||
312 | /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know | ||||||
313 | /// the hiding declaration (if any). | ||||||
314 | /// | ||||||
315 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). | ||||||
316 | /// | ||||||
317 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. | ||||||
318 | /// | ||||||
319 | /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result. | ||||||
320 | /// | ||||||
321 | /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base | ||||||
322 | /// class of the searched context. | ||||||
323 | void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding, | ||||||
324 | bool InBaseClass); | ||||||
325 | |||||||
326 | /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set. | ||||||
327 | void AddResult(Result R); | ||||||
328 | |||||||
329 | /// Enter into a new scope. | ||||||
330 | void EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
331 | |||||||
332 | /// Exit from the current scope. | ||||||
333 | void ExitScope(); | ||||||
334 | |||||||
335 | /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again. | ||||||
336 | void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); } | ||||||
337 | |||||||
338 | /// Add a visited context. | ||||||
339 | void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) { | ||||||
340 | CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx); | ||||||
341 | } | ||||||
342 | |||||||
343 | /// \name Name lookup predicates | ||||||
344 | /// | ||||||
345 | /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the | ||||||
346 | /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that | ||||||
347 | /// | ||||||
348 | //@{ | ||||||
349 | bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
350 | bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
351 | bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
352 | bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
353 | bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
354 | bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
355 | bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
356 | bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
357 | bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
358 | bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
359 | bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
360 | bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
361 | bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
362 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
363 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
364 | bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
365 | bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||||
366 | //@} | ||||||
367 | }; | ||||||
368 | } // namespace | ||||||
369 | |||||||
370 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { | ||||||
371 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||||
372 | if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) { | ||||||
373 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
374 | Type = BSI->ReturnType; | ||||||
375 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
376 | } | ||||||
377 | } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||||
378 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
379 | Type = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||||
380 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
381 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||||
382 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
383 | Type = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||
384 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
385 | } | ||||||
386 | } | ||||||
387 | |||||||
388 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) { | ||||||
389 | auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
390 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
391 | Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType(); | ||||||
392 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
393 | } | ||||||
394 | |||||||
395 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument( | ||||||
396 | SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) { | ||||||
397 | this->ComputeType = ComputeType; | ||||||
398 | Type = QualType(); | ||||||
399 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
400 | } | ||||||
401 | |||||||
402 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, | ||||||
403 | SourceLocation LParLoc) { | ||||||
404 | // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change. | ||||||
405 | if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc) | ||||||
406 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
407 | } | ||||||
408 | |||||||
409 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, | ||||||
410 | tok::TokenKind Op) { | ||||||
411 | if (!LHS) | ||||||
412 | return QualType(); | ||||||
413 | |||||||
414 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); | ||||||
415 | if (LHSType->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
416 | if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal) | ||||||
417 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType(); | ||||||
418 | // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer. | ||||||
419 | if (Op == tok::minus) | ||||||
420 | return LHSType; | ||||||
421 | } | ||||||
422 | |||||||
423 | switch (Op) { | ||||||
424 | // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS. | ||||||
425 | case tok::comma: | ||||||
426 | return QualType(); | ||||||
427 | // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these. | ||||||
428 | // Arithmetic operations. | ||||||
429 | case tok::plus: | ||||||
430 | case tok::plusequal: | ||||||
431 | case tok::minus: | ||||||
432 | case tok::minusequal: | ||||||
433 | case tok::percent: | ||||||
434 | case tok::percentequal: | ||||||
435 | case tok::slash: | ||||||
436 | case tok::slashequal: | ||||||
437 | case tok::star: | ||||||
438 | case tok::starequal: | ||||||
439 | // Assignment. | ||||||
440 | case tok::equal: | ||||||
441 | // Comparison operators. | ||||||
442 | case tok::equalequal: | ||||||
443 | case tok::exclaimequal: | ||||||
444 | case tok::less: | ||||||
445 | case tok::lessequal: | ||||||
446 | case tok::greater: | ||||||
447 | case tok::greaterequal: | ||||||
448 | case tok::spaceship: | ||||||
449 | return LHS->getType(); | ||||||
450 | // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those. | ||||||
451 | case tok::greatergreater: | ||||||
452 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: | ||||||
453 | case tok::lessless: | ||||||
454 | case tok::lesslessequal: | ||||||
455 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||||
456 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; | ||||||
457 | return QualType(); | ||||||
458 | // Logical operators, assume we want bool. | ||||||
459 | case tok::ampamp: | ||||||
460 | case tok::pipepipe: | ||||||
461 | case tok::caretcaret: | ||||||
462 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; | ||||||
463 | // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type | ||||||
464 | // of the left argument. | ||||||
465 | case tok::pipe: | ||||||
466 | case tok::pipeequal: | ||||||
467 | case tok::caret: | ||||||
468 | case tok::caretequal: | ||||||
469 | case tok::amp: | ||||||
470 | case tok::ampequal: | ||||||
471 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||||
472 | return LHSType; | ||||||
473 | return QualType(); | ||||||
474 | // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give | ||||||
475 | // any particular type here. | ||||||
476 | case tok::periodstar: | ||||||
477 | case tok::arrowstar: | ||||||
478 | return QualType(); | ||||||
479 | default: | ||||||
480 | // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion. | ||||||
481 | // assert(false && "unhandled binary op"); | ||||||
482 | return QualType(); | ||||||
483 | } | ||||||
484 | } | ||||||
485 | |||||||
486 | /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is | ||||||
487 | /// preferred type of the whole unary expression. | ||||||
488 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType, | ||||||
489 | tok::TokenKind Op) { | ||||||
490 | switch (Op) { | ||||||
491 | case tok::exclaim: | ||||||
492 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; | ||||||
493 | case tok::amp: | ||||||
494 | if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
495 | return ContextType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
496 | return QualType(); | ||||||
497 | case tok::star: | ||||||
498 | if (ContextType.isNull()) | ||||||
499 | return QualType(); | ||||||
500 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||
501 | case tok::plus: | ||||||
502 | case tok::minus: | ||||||
503 | case tok::tilde: | ||||||
504 | case tok::minusminus: | ||||||
505 | case tok::plusplus: | ||||||
506 | if (ContextType.isNull()) | ||||||
507 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; | ||||||
508 | // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type. | ||||||
509 | return ContextType; | ||||||
510 | case tok::kw___real: | ||||||
511 | case tok::kw___imag: | ||||||
512 | return QualType(); | ||||||
513 | default: | ||||||
514 | assert(false && "unhandled unary op")((false && "unhandled unary op") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("false && \"unhandled unary op\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 514, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
515 | return QualType(); | ||||||
516 | } | ||||||
517 | } | ||||||
518 | |||||||
519 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, | ||||||
520 | tok::TokenKind Op) { | ||||||
521 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
522 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op); | ||||||
523 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
524 | } | ||||||
525 | |||||||
526 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, | ||||||
527 | Expr *Base) { | ||||||
528 | if (!Base) | ||||||
529 | return; | ||||||
530 | // Do we have expected type for Base? | ||||||
531 | if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc()) | ||||||
532 | return; | ||||||
533 | // Keep the expected type, only update the location. | ||||||
534 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
535 | return; | ||||||
536 | } | ||||||
537 | |||||||
538 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, | ||||||
539 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, | ||||||
540 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||
541 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
542 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind); | ||||||
543 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
544 | } | ||||||
545 | |||||||
546 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, | ||||||
547 | Expr *LHS) { | ||||||
548 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
549 | Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy; | ||||||
550 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
551 | } | ||||||
552 | |||||||
553 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, | ||||||
554 | QualType CastType) { | ||||||
555 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
556 | Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType(); | ||||||
557 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
558 | } | ||||||
559 | |||||||
560 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { | ||||||
561 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||||
562 | Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy; | ||||||
563 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||||
564 | } | ||||||
565 | |||||||
566 | class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator { | ||||||
567 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator; | ||||||
568 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; | ||||||
569 | |||||||
570 | public: | ||||||
571 | typedef DeclIndexPair value_type; | ||||||
572 | typedef value_type reference; | ||||||
573 | typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type; | ||||||
574 | typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; | ||||||
575 | |||||||
576 | class pointer { | ||||||
577 | DeclIndexPair Value; | ||||||
578 | |||||||
579 | public: | ||||||
580 | pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {} | ||||||
581 | |||||||
582 | const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; } | ||||||
583 | }; | ||||||
584 | |||||||
585 | iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} | ||||||
586 | |||||||
587 | iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index) | ||||||
588 | : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {} | ||||||
589 | |||||||
590 | iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator) | ||||||
591 | : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} | ||||||
592 | |||||||
593 | iterator &operator++() { | ||||||
594 | if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) { | ||||||
595 | DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr; | ||||||
596 | SingleDeclIndex = 0; | ||||||
597 | return *this; | ||||||
598 | } | ||||||
599 | |||||||
600 | const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); | ||||||
601 | ++I; | ||||||
602 | DeclOrIterator = I; | ||||||
603 | return *this; | ||||||
604 | } | ||||||
605 | |||||||
606 | /*iterator operator++(int) { | ||||||
607 | iterator tmp(*this); | ||||||
608 | ++(*this); | ||||||
609 | return tmp; | ||||||
610 | }*/ | ||||||
611 | |||||||
612 | reference operator*() const { | ||||||
613 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) | ||||||
614 | return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex); | ||||||
615 | |||||||
616 | return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); | ||||||
617 | } | ||||||
618 | |||||||
619 | pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); } | ||||||
620 | |||||||
621 | friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { | ||||||
622 | return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() == | ||||||
623 | Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() && | ||||||
624 | X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex; | ||||||
625 | } | ||||||
626 | |||||||
627 | friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { | ||||||
628 | return !(X == Y); | ||||||
629 | } | ||||||
630 | }; | ||||||
631 | |||||||
632 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator | ||||||
633 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const { | ||||||
634 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) | ||||||
635 | return iterator(); | ||||||
636 | |||||||
637 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) | ||||||
638 | return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex); | ||||||
639 | |||||||
640 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin()); | ||||||
641 | } | ||||||
642 | |||||||
643 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator | ||||||
644 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const { | ||||||
645 | if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull()) | ||||||
646 | return iterator(); | ||||||
647 | |||||||
648 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end()); | ||||||
649 | } | ||||||
650 | |||||||
651 | /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context | ||||||
652 | /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext). | ||||||
653 | /// | ||||||
654 | /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used. | ||||||
655 | /// | ||||||
656 | /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is | ||||||
657 | /// typically based on the current scope. | ||||||
658 | /// | ||||||
659 | /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually | ||||||
660 | /// resides. | ||||||
661 | /// | ||||||
662 | /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or | ||||||
663 | /// NULL if no qualification is needed. | ||||||
664 | static NestedNameSpecifier * | ||||||
665 | getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
666 | const DeclContext *TargetContext) { | ||||||
667 | SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents; | ||||||
668 | |||||||
669 | for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext; | ||||||
670 | CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext); | ||||||
671 | CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) { | ||||||
672 | if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() || | ||||||
673 | CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||||
674 | continue; | ||||||
675 | |||||||
676 | TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor); | ||||||
677 | } | ||||||
678 | |||||||
679 | NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr; | ||||||
680 | while (!TargetParents.empty()) { | ||||||
681 | const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val(); | ||||||
682 | |||||||
683 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) { | ||||||
684 | if (!Namespace->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
685 | continue; | ||||||
686 | |||||||
687 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace); | ||||||
688 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent)) | ||||||
689 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( | ||||||
690 | Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr()); | ||||||
691 | } | ||||||
692 | return Result; | ||||||
693 | } | ||||||
694 | |||||||
695 | // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show. | ||||||
696 | // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a | ||||||
697 | // system header. | ||||||
698 | static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) { | ||||||
699 | const IdentifierInfo *Id = ND->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
700 | if (!Id) | ||||||
701 | return false; | ||||||
702 | |||||||
703 | // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls. | ||||||
704 | if (Id->isReservedName() && ND->getLocation().isInvalid()) | ||||||
705 | return true; | ||||||
706 | |||||||
707 | // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names. | ||||||
708 | // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single | ||||||
709 | // underscore. | ||||||
710 | if (Id->isReservedName(/*doubleUnderscoreOnly=*/true) && | ||||||
711 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader( | ||||||
712 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation()))) | ||||||
713 | return true; | ||||||
714 | |||||||
715 | return false; | ||||||
716 | } | ||||||
717 | |||||||
718 | bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
719 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const { | ||||||
720 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; | ||||||
721 | |||||||
722 | auto *Named = ND; | ||||||
723 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
724 | |||||||
725 | // Skip unnamed entities. | ||||||
726 | if (!ND->getDeclName()) | ||||||
727 | return false; | ||||||
728 | |||||||
729 | // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never | ||||||
730 | // added as results. | ||||||
731 | if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared) | ||||||
732 | return false; | ||||||
733 | |||||||
734 | // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results. | ||||||
735 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) || | ||||||
736 | isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
737 | return false; | ||||||
738 | |||||||
739 | // Using declarations themselves are never added as results. | ||||||
740 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
741 | return false; | ||||||
742 | |||||||
743 | if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef)) | ||||||
744 | return false; | ||||||
745 | |||||||
746 | if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier || | ||||||
747 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace && | ||||||
748 | Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr)) | ||||||
749 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||||
750 | |||||||
751 | // Filter out any unwanted results. | ||||||
752 | if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) { | ||||||
753 | // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier. | ||||||
754 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
755 | IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) && | ||||||
756 | (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember || | ||||||
757 | (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) && | ||||||
758 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) { | ||||||
759 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||||
760 | return true; | ||||||
761 | } | ||||||
762 | |||||||
763 | return false; | ||||||
764 | } | ||||||
765 | // ... then it must be interesting! | ||||||
766 | return true; | ||||||
767 | } | ||||||
768 | |||||||
769 | bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
770 | const NamedDecl *Hiding) { | ||||||
771 | // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name. | ||||||
772 | // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary | ||||||
773 | // name if we introduce the tag type. | ||||||
774 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
775 | return true; | ||||||
776 | |||||||
777 | const DeclContext *HiddenCtx = | ||||||
778 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | ||||||
779 | |||||||
780 | // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method. | ||||||
781 | if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||||
782 | return true; | ||||||
783 | |||||||
784 | if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) | ||||||
785 | return true; | ||||||
786 | |||||||
787 | // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it. | ||||||
788 | R.Hidden = true; | ||||||
789 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; | ||||||
790 | |||||||
791 | if (!R.Qualifier) | ||||||
792 | R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext, | ||||||
793 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
794 | return false; | ||||||
795 | } | ||||||
796 | |||||||
797 | /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two | ||||||
798 | /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities. | ||||||
799 | SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) { | ||||||
800 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
801 | case Type::Builtin: | ||||||
802 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { | ||||||
803 | case BuiltinType::Void: | ||||||
804 | return STC_Void; | ||||||
805 | |||||||
806 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: | ||||||
807 | return STC_Pointer; | ||||||
808 | |||||||
809 | case BuiltinType::Overload: | ||||||
810 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: | ||||||
811 | return STC_Other; | ||||||
812 | |||||||
813 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
814 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
815 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
816 | return STC_ObjectiveC; | ||||||
817 | |||||||
818 | default: | ||||||
819 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||||
820 | } | ||||||
821 | |||||||
822 | case Type::Complex: | ||||||
823 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||||
824 | |||||||
825 | case Type::Pointer: | ||||||
826 | return STC_Pointer; | ||||||
827 | |||||||
828 | case Type::BlockPointer: | ||||||
829 | return STC_Block; | ||||||
830 | |||||||
831 | case Type::LValueReference: | ||||||
832 | case Type::RValueReference: | ||||||
833 | return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
834 | |||||||
835 | case Type::ConstantArray: | ||||||
836 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||||
837 | case Type::VariableArray: | ||||||
838 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||||
839 | return STC_Array; | ||||||
840 | |||||||
841 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||||
842 | case Type::Vector: | ||||||
843 | case Type::ExtVector: | ||||||
844 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||||
845 | |||||||
846 | case Type::FunctionProto: | ||||||
847 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||||
848 | return STC_Function; | ||||||
849 | |||||||
850 | case Type::Record: | ||||||
851 | return STC_Record; | ||||||
852 | |||||||
853 | case Type::Enum: | ||||||
854 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||||
855 | |||||||
856 | case Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
857 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
858 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
859 | return STC_ObjectiveC; | ||||||
860 | |||||||
861 | default: | ||||||
862 | return STC_Other; | ||||||
863 | } | ||||||
864 | } | ||||||
865 | |||||||
866 | /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration | ||||||
867 | /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form. | ||||||
868 | QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||
869 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
870 | |||||||
871 | if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
872 | return C.getTypeDeclType(Type); | ||||||
873 | if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
874 | return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface); | ||||||
875 | |||||||
876 | QualType T; | ||||||
877 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) | ||||||
878 | T = Function->getCallResultType(); | ||||||
879 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
880 | T = Method->getSendResultType(); | ||||||
881 | else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
882 | T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); | ||||||
883 | else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
884 | T = Property->getType(); | ||||||
885 | else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
886 | T = Value->getType(); | ||||||
887 | |||||||
888 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||
889 | return QualType(); | ||||||
890 | |||||||
891 | // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to | ||||||
892 | // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is | ||||||
893 | // used. | ||||||
894 | do { | ||||||
895 | if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
896 | T = Ref->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
897 | continue; | ||||||
898 | } | ||||||
899 | |||||||
900 | if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
901 | if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||
902 | T = Pointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
903 | continue; | ||||||
904 | } | ||||||
905 | |||||||
906 | break; | ||||||
907 | } | ||||||
908 | |||||||
909 | if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||
910 | T = Block->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
911 | continue; | ||||||
912 | } | ||||||
913 | |||||||
914 | if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { | ||||||
915 | T = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||||
916 | continue; | ||||||
917 | } | ||||||
918 | |||||||
919 | break; | ||||||
920 | } while (true); | ||||||
921 | |||||||
922 | return T; | ||||||
923 | } | ||||||
924 | |||||||
925 | unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||
926 | if (!ND) | ||||||
927 | return CCP_Unlikely; | ||||||
928 | |||||||
929 | // Context-based decisions. | ||||||
930 | const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext(); | ||||||
931 | if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) { | ||||||
932 | // _cmd is relatively rare | ||||||
933 | if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
934 | if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() && | ||||||
935 | ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd")) | ||||||
936 | return CCP_ObjC_cmd; | ||||||
937 | |||||||
938 | return CCP_LocalDeclaration; | ||||||
939 | } | ||||||
940 | |||||||
941 | const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | ||||||
942 | if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||
943 | // Explicit destructor calls are very rare. | ||||||
944 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
945 | return CCP_Unlikely; | ||||||
946 | // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare. | ||||||
947 | auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind(); | ||||||
948 | if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || | ||||||
949 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || | ||||||
950 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) | ||||||
951 | return CCP_Unlikely; | ||||||
952 | return CCP_MemberDeclaration; | ||||||
953 | } | ||||||
954 | |||||||
955 | // Content-based decisions. | ||||||
956 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
957 | return CCP_Constant; | ||||||
958 | |||||||
959 | // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C | ||||||
960 | // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as | ||||||
961 | // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations. | ||||||
962 | if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && | ||||||
963 | !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement || | ||||||
964 | CompletionContext.getKind() == | ||||||
965 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver || | ||||||
966 | CompletionContext.getKind() == | ||||||
967 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression)) | ||||||
968 | return CCP_Type; | ||||||
969 | |||||||
970 | return CCP_Declaration; | ||||||
971 | } | ||||||
972 | |||||||
973 | void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) { | ||||||
974 | // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our | ||||||
975 | // preferred selector, give it a priority boost. | ||||||
976 | if (!PreferredSelector.isNull()) | ||||||
977 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) | ||||||
978 | if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector()) | ||||||
979 | R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch; | ||||||
980 | |||||||
981 | // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly- | ||||||
982 | // matching or nearly-matching types. | ||||||
983 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) { | ||||||
984 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration); | ||||||
985 | if (!T.isNull()) { | ||||||
986 | CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); | ||||||
987 | // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers). | ||||||
988 | if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC)) | ||||||
989 | R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch; | ||||||
990 | // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each. | ||||||
991 | else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) == | ||||||
992 | getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) && | ||||||
993 | !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType())) | ||||||
994 | R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; | ||||||
995 | } | ||||||
996 | } | ||||||
997 | } | ||||||
998 | |||||||
999 | static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
1000 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { | ||||||
1001 | QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); | ||||||
1002 | DeclarationName ConstructorName = | ||||||
1003 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | ||||||
1004 | Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy)); | ||||||
1005 | return Record->lookup(ConstructorName); | ||||||
1006 | } | ||||||
1007 | |||||||
1008 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) { | ||||||
1009 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration || | ||||||
1010 | !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults()) | ||||||
1011 | return; | ||||||
1012 | |||||||
1013 | const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration; | ||||||
1014 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | ||||||
1015 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||
1016 | Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
1017 | else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) { | ||||||
1018 | // Skip specializations and partial specializations. | ||||||
1019 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) | ||||||
1020 | return; | ||||||
1021 | } else { | ||||||
1022 | // There are no constructors here. | ||||||
1023 | return; | ||||||
1024 | } | ||||||
1025 | |||||||
1026 | Record = Record->getDefinition(); | ||||||
1027 | if (!Record) | ||||||
1028 | return; | ||||||
1029 | |||||||
1030 | for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) { | ||||||
1031 | R.Declaration = Ctor; | ||||||
1032 | R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration); | ||||||
1033 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||||
1034 | } | ||||||
1035 | } | ||||||
1036 | |||||||
1037 | static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) { | ||||||
1038 | if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1039 | ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
1040 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1041 | } | ||||||
1042 | |||||||
1043 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) { | ||||||
1044 | assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope")((!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ShadowMaps.empty() && \"Must enter into a results scope\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1044, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1045 | |||||||
1046 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { | ||||||
1047 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. | ||||||
1048 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||||
1049 | return; | ||||||
1050 | } | ||||||
1051 | |||||||
1052 | // Look through using declarations. | ||||||
1053 | if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { | ||||||
1054 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), | ||||||
1055 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), | ||||||
1056 | R.Qualifier); | ||||||
1057 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; | ||||||
1058 | MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext); | ||||||
1059 | return; | ||||||
1060 | } | ||||||
1061 | |||||||
1062 | const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||||
1063 | unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace(); | ||||||
1064 | |||||||
1065 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; | ||||||
1066 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) | ||||||
1067 | return; | ||||||
1068 | |||||||
1069 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. | ||||||
1070 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) | ||||||
1071 | return; | ||||||
1072 | |||||||
1073 | ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back(); | ||||||
1074 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; | ||||||
1075 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); | ||||||
1076 | if (NamePos != SMap.end()) { | ||||||
1077 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); | ||||||
1078 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); | ||||||
1079 | } | ||||||
1080 | |||||||
1081 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||||
1082 | const NamedDecl *ND = I->first; | ||||||
1083 | unsigned Index = I->second; | ||||||
1084 | if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) { | ||||||
1085 | // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration. | ||||||
1086 | Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration; | ||||||
1087 | |||||||
1088 | // We're done. | ||||||
1089 | return; | ||||||
1090 | } | ||||||
1091 | } | ||||||
1092 | |||||||
1093 | // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this | ||||||
1094 | // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer | ||||||
1095 | // scope. | ||||||
1096 | std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end(); | ||||||
1097 | --SMEnd; | ||||||
1098 | for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) { | ||||||
1099 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; | ||||||
1100 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); | ||||||
1101 | if (NamePos != SM->end()) { | ||||||
1102 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); | ||||||
1103 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); | ||||||
1104 | } | ||||||
1105 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||||
1106 | // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration. | ||||||
1107 | if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() && | ||||||
1108 | (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | | ||||||
1109 | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol))) | ||||||
1110 | continue; | ||||||
1111 | |||||||
1112 | // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else. | ||||||
1113 | if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) || | ||||||
1114 | (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) && | ||||||
1115 | I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS) | ||||||
1116 | continue; | ||||||
1117 | |||||||
1118 | // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map. | ||||||
1119 | if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first)) | ||||||
1120 | return; | ||||||
1121 | |||||||
1122 | break; | ||||||
1123 | } | ||||||
1124 | } | ||||||
1125 | |||||||
1126 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. | ||||||
1127 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second) | ||||||
1128 | return; | ||||||
1129 | |||||||
1130 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a | ||||||
1131 | // nested-name-specifier. | ||||||
1132 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||||
1133 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||||
1134 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; | ||||||
1135 | } else | ||||||
1136 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); | ||||||
1137 | |||||||
1138 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. | ||||||
1139 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && | ||||||
1140 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||||
1141 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
1142 | if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
1143 | R.Qualifier = | ||||||
1144 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); | ||||||
1145 | else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
1146 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( | ||||||
1147 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, | ||||||
1148 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); | ||||||
1149 | else | ||||||
1150 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; | ||||||
1151 | } | ||||||
1152 | |||||||
1153 | // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow | ||||||
1154 | // map. | ||||||
1155 | SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size()); | ||||||
1156 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||||
1157 | |||||||
1158 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) | ||||||
1159 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); | ||||||
1160 | } | ||||||
1161 | |||||||
1162 | static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) { | ||||||
1163 | R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass; | ||||||
1164 | R.InBaseClass = true; | ||||||
1165 | } | ||||||
1166 | |||||||
1167 | enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated }; | ||||||
1168 | // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent? | ||||||
1169 | // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is | ||||||
1170 | // always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments. | ||||||
1171 | // Precondition: must actually be overloads! | ||||||
1172 | static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate, | ||||||
1173 | const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent, | ||||||
1174 | const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals, | ||||||
1175 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind) { | ||||||
1176 | // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere. | ||||||
1177 | if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext()) | ||||||
1178 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||||
1179 | if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() || | ||||||
1180 | Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() || | ||||||
1181 | Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() != | ||||||
1182 | Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments()) | ||||||
1183 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||||
1184 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||
1185 | if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() != | ||||||
1186 | Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType()) | ||||||
1187 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||||
1188 | if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) || | ||||||
1189 | !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>())) | ||||||
1190 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||||
1191 | // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on | ||||||
1192 | // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere). | ||||||
1193 | RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier(); | ||||||
1194 | RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier(); | ||||||
1195 | if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) { | ||||||
1196 | // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier | ||||||
1197 | // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code). | ||||||
1198 | |||||||
1199 | // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to | ||||||
1200 | // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare). | ||||||
1201 | if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue) | ||||||
1202 | return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates | ||||||
1203 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; | ||||||
1204 | } | ||||||
1205 | // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state). | ||||||
1206 | // So make some decision based on the qualifiers. | ||||||
1207 | Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1208 | Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1209 | bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual); | ||||||
1210 | bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual); | ||||||
1211 | if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset) | ||||||
1212 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||||
1213 | return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates | ||||||
1214 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; | ||||||
1215 | } | ||||||
1216 | |||||||
1217 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
1218 | NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) { | ||||||
1219 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { | ||||||
1220 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. | ||||||
1221 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||||
1222 | return; | ||||||
1223 | } | ||||||
1224 | |||||||
1225 | // Look through using declarations. | ||||||
1226 | if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { | ||||||
1227 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), | ||||||
1228 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), | ||||||
1229 | R.Qualifier); | ||||||
1230 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; | ||||||
1231 | AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding); | ||||||
1232 | return; | ||||||
1233 | } | ||||||
1234 | |||||||
1235 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; | ||||||
1236 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) | ||||||
1237 | return; | ||||||
1238 | |||||||
1239 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. | ||||||
1240 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) | ||||||
1241 | return; | ||||||
1242 | |||||||
1243 | if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding)) | ||||||
1244 | return; | ||||||
1245 | |||||||
1246 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. | ||||||
1247 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second) | ||||||
1248 | return; | ||||||
1249 | |||||||
1250 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a | ||||||
1251 | // nested-name-specifier. | ||||||
1252 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||||
1253 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||||
1254 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; | ||||||
1255 | } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier && | ||||||
1256 | InBaseClass && | ||||||
1257 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||||
1258 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) | ||||||
1259 | R.QualifierIsInformative = true; | ||||||
1260 | |||||||
1261 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. | ||||||
1262 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && | ||||||
1263 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||||
1264 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); | ||||||
1265 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
1266 | R.Qualifier = | ||||||
1267 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); | ||||||
1268 | else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||||
1269 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( | ||||||
1270 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, | ||||||
1271 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); | ||||||
1272 | else | ||||||
1273 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; | ||||||
1274 | } | ||||||
1275 | |||||||
1276 | // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class. | ||||||
1277 | if (InBaseClass) | ||||||
1278 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
1279 | |||||||
1280 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); | ||||||
1281 | |||||||
1282 | if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers) | ||||||
1283 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) | ||||||
1284 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | ||||||
1285 | Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1286 | if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals) | ||||||
1287 | R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch; | ||||||
1288 | else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) { | ||||||
1289 | // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop | ||||||
1290 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
1291 | return; | ||||||
1292 | } | ||||||
1293 | // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked. | ||||||
1294 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||
1295 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||
1296 | if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst()) | ||||||
1297 | return; | ||||||
1298 | break; | ||||||
1299 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||
1300 | if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue) | ||||||
1301 | return; | ||||||
1302 | break; | ||||||
1303 | case RQ_None: | ||||||
1304 | break; | ||||||
1305 | } | ||||||
1306 | |||||||
1307 | /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should | ||||||
1308 | /// be suppressed (or vice versa). | ||||||
1309 | /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin(). | ||||||
1310 | auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair( | ||||||
1311 | CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())]; | ||||||
1312 | for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) { | ||||||
1313 | Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second]; | ||||||
1314 | switch (compareOverloads(*Method, | ||||||
1315 | *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration), | ||||||
1316 | ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) { | ||||||
1317 | case OverloadCompare::Dominates: | ||||||
1318 | // Replace the dominated overload with this one. | ||||||
1319 | // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we | ||||||
1320 | // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case. | ||||||
1321 | Incumbent = std::move(R); | ||||||
1322 | return; | ||||||
1323 | case OverloadCompare::Dominated: | ||||||
1324 | // This overload can't be called, drop it. | ||||||
1325 | return; | ||||||
1326 | case OverloadCompare::BothViable: | ||||||
1327 | break; | ||||||
1328 | } | ||||||
1329 | } | ||||||
1330 | OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size()); | ||||||
1331 | } | ||||||
1332 | |||||||
1333 | // Insert this result into the set of results. | ||||||
1334 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||||
1335 | |||||||
1336 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) | ||||||
1337 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); | ||||||
1338 | } | ||||||
1339 | |||||||
1340 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) { | ||||||
1341 | assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&((R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && "Declaration results need more context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && \"Declaration results need more context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1342 | "Declaration results need more context")((R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && "Declaration results need more context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && \"Declaration results need more context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1343 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||||
1344 | } | ||||||
1345 | |||||||
1346 | /// Enter into a new scope. | ||||||
1347 | void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); } | ||||||
1348 | |||||||
1349 | /// Exit from the current scope. | ||||||
1350 | void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() { | ||||||
1351 | ShadowMaps.pop_back(); | ||||||
1352 | } | ||||||
1353 | |||||||
1354 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by | ||||||
1355 | /// ordinary name lookup. | ||||||
1356 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1357 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
1358 | |||||||
1359 | // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a | ||||||
1360 | // context where it behaves like an ordinary name. | ||||||
1361 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; | ||||||
1362 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
1363 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; | ||||||
1364 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||||
1365 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1366 | return true; | ||||||
1367 | } | ||||||
1368 | |||||||
1369 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; | ||||||
1370 | } | ||||||
1371 | |||||||
1372 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by | ||||||
1373 | /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name. | ||||||
1374 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1375 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
1376 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1377 | return false; | ||||||
1378 | // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they | ||||||
1379 | // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out | ||||||
1380 | // @class declarations though. | ||||||
1381 | if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
1382 | if (!ID->getDefinition()) | ||||||
1383 | return false; | ||||||
1384 | } | ||||||
1385 | |||||||
1386 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; | ||||||
1387 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
1388 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; | ||||||
1389 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||||
1390 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1391 | return true; | ||||||
1392 | } | ||||||
1393 | |||||||
1394 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; | ||||||
1395 | } | ||||||
1396 | |||||||
1397 | bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1398 | if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)) | ||||||
1399 | return 0; | ||||||
1400 | |||||||
1401 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) | ||||||
1402 | if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||||
1403 | return true; | ||||||
1404 | |||||||
1405 | return false; | ||||||
1406 | } | ||||||
1407 | |||||||
1408 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by | ||||||
1409 | /// ordinary name lookup. | ||||||
1410 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1411 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
1412 | |||||||
1413 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; | ||||||
1414 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
1415 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace; | ||||||
1416 | |||||||
1417 | return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) && | ||||||
1418 | !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1419 | } | ||||||
1420 | |||||||
1421 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the | ||||||
1422 | /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace. | ||||||
1423 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1424 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. | ||||||
1425 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1426 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
1427 | |||||||
1428 | return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND); | ||||||
1429 | } | ||||||
1430 | |||||||
1431 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration. | ||||||
1432 | bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1433 | return isa<EnumDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1434 | } | ||||||
1435 | |||||||
1436 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct. | ||||||
1437 | bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1438 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. | ||||||
1439 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1440 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
1441 | |||||||
1442 | // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too. | ||||||
1443 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1444 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct || | ||||||
1445 | RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; | ||||||
1446 | |||||||
1447 | return false; | ||||||
1448 | } | ||||||
1449 | |||||||
1450 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union. | ||||||
1451 | bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1452 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. | ||||||
1453 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1454 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
1455 | |||||||
1456 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
1457 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union; | ||||||
1458 | |||||||
1459 | return false; | ||||||
1460 | } | ||||||
1461 | |||||||
1462 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace. | ||||||
1463 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1464 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1465 | } | ||||||
1466 | |||||||
1467 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or | ||||||
1468 | /// namespace alias. | ||||||
1469 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1470 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
1471 | } | ||||||
1472 | |||||||
1473 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type. | ||||||
1474 | bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1475 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
1476 | return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1477 | } | ||||||
1478 | |||||||
1479 | /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via | ||||||
1480 | /// "." or "->". Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and | ||||||
1481 | /// using declarations thereof should show up. | ||||||
1482 | bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1483 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
1484 | return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) || | ||||||
1485 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1486 | } | ||||||
1487 | |||||||
1488 | static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { | ||||||
1489 | T = C.getCanonicalType(T); | ||||||
1490 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | ||||||
1491 | case Type::ObjCObject: | ||||||
1492 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
1493 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||||
1494 | return true; | ||||||
1495 | |||||||
1496 | case Type::Builtin: | ||||||
1497 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { | ||||||
1498 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||||
1499 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||||
1500 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||||
1501 | return true; | ||||||
1502 | |||||||
1503 | default: | ||||||
1504 | break; | ||||||
1505 | } | ||||||
1506 | return false; | ||||||
1507 | |||||||
1508 | default: | ||||||
1509 | break; | ||||||
1510 | } | ||||||
1511 | |||||||
1512 | if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
1513 | return false; | ||||||
1514 | |||||||
1515 | // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a | ||||||
1516 | // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now, | ||||||
1517 | // just accept all class types. | ||||||
1518 | return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType(); | ||||||
1519 | } | ||||||
1520 | |||||||
1521 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1522 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); | ||||||
1523 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||
1524 | return false; | ||||||
1525 | |||||||
1526 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||||
1527 | return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T); | ||||||
1528 | } | ||||||
1529 | |||||||
1530 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture( | ||||||
1531 | const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1532 | if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND)) | ||||||
1533 | return true; | ||||||
1534 | |||||||
1535 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1536 | if (!Var) | ||||||
1537 | return false; | ||||||
1538 | |||||||
1539 | return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); | ||||||
1540 | } | ||||||
1541 | |||||||
1542 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1543 | if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) || | ||||||
1544 | (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))) | ||||||
1545 | return false; | ||||||
1546 | |||||||
1547 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); | ||||||
1548 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||
1549 | return false; | ||||||
1550 | |||||||
1551 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||||
1552 | return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||
1553 | T->isObjCIdType() || | ||||||
1554 | (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType()); | ||||||
1555 | } | ||||||
1556 | |||||||
1557 | bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1558 | return false; | ||||||
1559 | } | ||||||
1560 | |||||||
1561 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C | ||||||
1562 | /// instance variable. | ||||||
1563 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||||
1564 | return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND); | ||||||
1565 | } | ||||||
1566 | |||||||
1567 | namespace { | ||||||
1568 | |||||||
1569 | /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result | ||||||
1570 | /// for each visible declaration. | ||||||
1571 | class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer { | ||||||
1572 | ResultBuilder &Results; | ||||||
1573 | DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx; | ||||||
1574 | // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See | ||||||
1575 | // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details. | ||||||
1576 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; | ||||||
1577 | QualType BaseType; | ||||||
1578 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; | ||||||
1579 | |||||||
1580 | public: | ||||||
1581 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer( | ||||||
1582 | ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx, | ||||||
1583 | QualType BaseType = QualType(), | ||||||
1584 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>()) | ||||||
1585 | : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx), | ||||||
1586 | FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) { | ||||||
1587 | NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx); | ||||||
1588 | // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'. | ||||||
1589 | if (BaseType.isNull()) { | ||||||
1590 | auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType(); | ||||||
1591 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { | ||||||
1592 | assert(ThisType->isPointerType())((ThisType->isPointerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ThisType->isPointerType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1592, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1593 | BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1594 | if (!NamingClass) | ||||||
1595 | NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
1596 | } | ||||||
1597 | } | ||||||
1598 | this->BaseType = BaseType; | ||||||
1599 | } | ||||||
1600 | |||||||
1601 | void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx, | ||||||
1602 | bool InBaseClass) override { | ||||||
1603 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr, | ||||||
1604 | false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts); | ||||||
1605 | Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass); | ||||||
1606 | } | ||||||
1607 | |||||||
1608 | void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override { | ||||||
1609 | Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx); | ||||||
1610 | } | ||||||
1611 | |||||||
1612 | private: | ||||||
1613 | bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) { | ||||||
1614 | // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided | ||||||
1615 | // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)), | ||||||
1616 | // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the | ||||||
1617 | // member. | ||||||
1618 | auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass; | ||||||
1619 | QualType BaseType = this->BaseType; | ||||||
1620 | if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||||
1621 | if (!NamingClass) | ||||||
1622 | NamingClass = Cls; | ||||||
1623 | // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might | ||||||
1624 | // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating | ||||||
1625 | // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking. | ||||||
1626 | if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() && | ||||||
1627 | !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) { | ||||||
1628 | NamingClass = Cls; | ||||||
1629 | BaseType = QualType(); | ||||||
1630 | } | ||||||
1631 | } else { | ||||||
1632 | // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks | ||||||
1633 | // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them | ||||||
1634 | // out. | ||||||
1635 | NamingClass = nullptr; | ||||||
1636 | BaseType = QualType(); | ||||||
1637 | } | ||||||
1638 | return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType); | ||||||
1639 | } | ||||||
1640 | }; | ||||||
1641 | } // namespace | ||||||
1642 | |||||||
1643 | /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results. | ||||||
1644 | static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
1645 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
1646 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
1647 | Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1648 | Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1649 | Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1650 | Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1651 | Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1652 | Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1653 | Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1654 | Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1655 | Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1656 | Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1657 | Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1658 | Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1659 | Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1660 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1661 | |||||||
1662 | if (LangOpts.C99) { | ||||||
1663 | // C99-specific | ||||||
1664 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1665 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1666 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1667 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1668 | } | ||||||
1669 | |||||||
1670 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
1671 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
1672 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1673 | // C++-specific | ||||||
1674 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
1675 | Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0))); | ||||||
1676 | Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1677 | Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1678 | |||||||
1679 | // typename qualified-id | ||||||
1680 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename"); | ||||||
1681 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
1682 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); | ||||||
1683 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||||
1684 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||||
1685 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1686 | |||||||
1687 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
1688 | Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1689 | Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1690 | Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1691 | |||||||
1692 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype"); | ||||||
1693 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
1694 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
1695 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
1696 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1697 | } | ||||||
1698 | } else | ||||||
1699 | Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1700 | |||||||
1701 | // GNU keywords | ||||||
1702 | if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) { | ||||||
1703 | // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point. | ||||||
1704 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32")); | ||||||
1705 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64")); | ||||||
1706 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128")); | ||||||
1707 | |||||||
1708 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof"); | ||||||
1709 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
1710 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
1711 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1712 | |||||||
1713 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof"); | ||||||
1714 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
1715 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
1716 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
1717 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1718 | } | ||||||
1719 | |||||||
1720 | // Nullability | ||||||
1721 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1722 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1723 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type)); | ||||||
1724 | } | ||||||
1725 | |||||||
1726 | static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, | ||||||
1727 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
1728 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
1729 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
1730 | // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both | ||||||
1731 | // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto" | ||||||
1732 | // in C++0x as a type specifier. | ||||||
1733 | Results.AddResult(Result("extern")); | ||||||
1734 | Results.AddResult(Result("static")); | ||||||
1735 | |||||||
1736 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
1737 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||||
1738 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
1739 | |||||||
1740 | // alignas | ||||||
1741 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas"); | ||||||
1742 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
1743 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
1744 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
1745 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1746 | |||||||
1747 | Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr")); | ||||||
1748 | Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local")); | ||||||
1749 | } | ||||||
1750 | } | ||||||
1751 | |||||||
1752 | static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, | ||||||
1753 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
1754 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
1755 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
1756 | switch (CCC) { | ||||||
1757 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||||
1758 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||||
1759 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1760 | Results.AddResult(Result("explicit")); | ||||||
1761 | Results.AddResult(Result("friend")); | ||||||
1762 | Results.AddResult(Result("mutable")); | ||||||
1763 | Results.AddResult(Result("virtual")); | ||||||
1764 | } | ||||||
1765 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
1766 | |||||||
1767 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||||
1768 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
1769 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||||
1770 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||||
1771 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99) | ||||||
1772 | Results.AddResult(Result("inline")); | ||||||
1773 | break; | ||||||
1774 | |||||||
1775 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||||
1776 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: | ||||||
1777 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: | ||||||
1778 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||||
1779 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||||
1780 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||||
1781 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||||
1782 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
1783 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||||
1784 | break; | ||||||
1785 | } | ||||||
1786 | } | ||||||
1787 | |||||||
1788 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||||
1789 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||||
1790 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
1791 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||||
1792 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
1793 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||||
1794 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
1795 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||||
1796 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||||
1797 | |||||||
1798 | static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
1799 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
1800 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
1801 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef"); | ||||||
1802 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
1803 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
1804 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
1805 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||||
1806 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
1807 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1808 | } | ||||||
1809 | |||||||
1810 | static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, | ||||||
1811 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
1812 | switch (CCC) { | ||||||
1813 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||||
1814 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||||
1815 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||||
1816 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||||
1817 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||||
1818 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: | ||||||
1819 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||||
1820 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||||
1821 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
1822 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||||
1823 | return true; | ||||||
1824 | |||||||
1825 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: | ||||||
1826 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||||
1827 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||||
1828 | |||||||
1829 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||||
1830 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
1831 | return false; | ||||||
1832 | |||||||
1833 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||||
1834 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99; | ||||||
1835 | } | ||||||
1836 | |||||||
1837 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1837); | ||||||
1838 | } | ||||||
1839 | |||||||
1840 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
1841 | const Preprocessor &PP) { | ||||||
1842 | PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); | ||||||
1843 | Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false; | ||||||
1844 | Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true; | ||||||
1845 | Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; | ||||||
1846 | Policy.SuppressScope = true; | ||||||
1847 | return Policy; | ||||||
1848 | } | ||||||
1849 | |||||||
1850 | /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion. | ||||||
1851 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) { | ||||||
1852 | return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP); | ||||||
1853 | } | ||||||
1854 | |||||||
1855 | /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string | ||||||
1856 | /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion. | ||||||
1857 | /// | ||||||
1858 | /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for | ||||||
1859 | /// common type names. | ||||||
1860 | static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
1861 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
1862 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) { | ||||||
1863 | if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||||
1864 | // Built-in type names are constant strings. | ||||||
1865 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T)) | ||||||
1866 | return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy); | ||||||
1867 | |||||||
1868 | // Anonymous tag types are constant strings. | ||||||
1869 | if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) | ||||||
1870 | if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl()) | ||||||
1871 | if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) { | ||||||
1872 | switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { | ||||||
1873 | case TTK_Struct: | ||||||
1874 | return "struct <anonymous>"; | ||||||
1875 | case TTK_Interface: | ||||||
1876 | return "__interface <anonymous>"; | ||||||
1877 | case TTK_Class: | ||||||
1878 | return "class <anonymous>"; | ||||||
1879 | case TTK_Union: | ||||||
1880 | return "union <anonymous>"; | ||||||
1881 | case TTK_Enum: | ||||||
1882 | return "enum <anonymous>"; | ||||||
1883 | } | ||||||
1884 | } | ||||||
1885 | } | ||||||
1886 | |||||||
1887 | // Slow path: format the type as a string. | ||||||
1888 | std::string Result; | ||||||
1889 | T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||||
1890 | return Allocator.CopyString(Result); | ||||||
1891 | } | ||||||
1892 | |||||||
1893 | /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function. | ||||||
1894 | static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
1895 | QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType(); | ||||||
1896 | if (ThisTy.isNull()) | ||||||
1897 | return; | ||||||
1898 | |||||||
1899 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||||
1900 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
1901 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); | ||||||
1902 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||||
1903 | GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator)); | ||||||
1904 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this"); | ||||||
1905 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1906 | } | ||||||
1907 | |||||||
1908 | static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, | ||||||
1909 | ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
1910 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
1911 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) | ||||||
1912 | return; | ||||||
1913 | |||||||
1914 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert"); | ||||||
1915 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
1916 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
1917 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
1918 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); | ||||||
1919 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
1920 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
1921 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
1922 | } | ||||||
1923 | |||||||
1924 | static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
1925 | const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||||
1926 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { | ||||||
1927 | Sema &S = Results.getSema(); | ||||||
1928 | const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
1929 | // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty. | ||||||
1930 | if (!CR) | ||||||
1931 | return; | ||||||
1932 | // First store overrides within current class. | ||||||
1933 | // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step. | ||||||
1934 | llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides; | ||||||
1935 | for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) { | ||||||
1936 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
1937 | continue; | ||||||
1938 | Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method); | ||||||
1939 | } | ||||||
1940 | |||||||
1941 | for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) { | ||||||
1942 | const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
1943 | if (!BR) | ||||||
1944 | continue; | ||||||
1945 | for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) { | ||||||
1946 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
1947 | continue; | ||||||
1948 | const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName()); | ||||||
1949 | bool IsOverriden = false; | ||||||
1950 | if (it != Overrides.end()) { | ||||||
1951 | for (auto *MD : it->second) { | ||||||
1952 | // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual | ||||||
1953 | // function, then it overrides this one. | ||||||
1954 | if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) { | ||||||
1955 | IsOverriden = true; | ||||||
1956 | break; | ||||||
1957 | } | ||||||
1958 | } | ||||||
1959 | } | ||||||
1960 | if (!IsOverriden) { | ||||||
1961 | // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and | ||||||
1962 | // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the | ||||||
1963 | // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk. | ||||||
1964 | std::string OverrideSignature; | ||||||
1965 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature); | ||||||
1966 | CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0); | ||||||
1967 | PrintingPolicy Policy = | ||||||
1968 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor()); | ||||||
1969 | auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( | ||||||
1970 | S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder, | ||||||
1971 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy); | ||||||
1972 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern)); | ||||||
1973 | } | ||||||
1974 | } | ||||||
1975 | } | ||||||
1976 | } | ||||||
1977 | |||||||
1978 | /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names. | ||||||
1979 | static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S, | ||||||
1980 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
1981 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||||
1982 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
1983 | |||||||
1984 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
1985 | switch (CCC) { | ||||||
1986 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||||
1987 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1988 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
1989 | // namespace <identifier> { declarations } | ||||||
1990 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace"); | ||||||
1991 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
1992 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); | ||||||
1993 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
1994 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
1995 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
1996 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations"); | ||||||
1997 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
1998 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
1999 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2000 | } | ||||||
2001 | |||||||
2002 | // namespace identifier = identifier ; | ||||||
2003 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace"); | ||||||
2004 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2005 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||||
2006 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); | ||||||
2007 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace"); | ||||||
2008 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2009 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2010 | |||||||
2011 | // Using directives | ||||||
2012 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace"); | ||||||
2013 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2014 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); | ||||||
2015 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2016 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2017 | |||||||
2018 | // asm(string-literal) | ||||||
2019 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm"); | ||||||
2020 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2021 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal"); | ||||||
2022 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2023 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2024 | |||||||
2025 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
2026 | // Explicit template instantiation | ||||||
2027 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template"); | ||||||
2028 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2029 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration"); | ||||||
2030 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2031 | } else { | ||||||
2032 | Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); | ||||||
2033 | } | ||||||
2034 | } | ||||||
2035 | |||||||
2036 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
2037 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true); | ||||||
2038 | |||||||
2039 | AddTypedefResult(Results); | ||||||
2040 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
2041 | |||||||
2042 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||||
2043 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
2044 | // Using declaration | ||||||
2045 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using"); | ||||||
2046 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2047 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); | ||||||
2048 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||||
2049 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||||
2050 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2051 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2052 | |||||||
2053 | // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context) | ||||||
2054 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | ||||||
2055 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename"); | ||||||
2056 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2057 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); | ||||||
2058 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||||
2059 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||||
2060 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2061 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2062 | } | ||||||
2063 | |||||||
2064 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
2065 | |||||||
2066 | if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) { | ||||||
2067 | AddTypedefResult(Results); | ||||||
2068 | |||||||
2069 | bool IsNotInheritanceScope = | ||||||
2070 | !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope); | ||||||
2071 | // public: | ||||||
2072 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public"); | ||||||
2073 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||||
2074 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
2075 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2076 | |||||||
2077 | // protected: | ||||||
2078 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected"); | ||||||
2079 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||||
2080 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
2081 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2082 | |||||||
2083 | // private: | ||||||
2084 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private"); | ||||||
2085 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||||
2086 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
2087 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2088 | |||||||
2089 | // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of | ||||||
2090 | // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have | ||||||
2091 | // more use-cases. | ||||||
2092 | AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion, | ||||||
2093 | Builder); | ||||||
2094 | } | ||||||
2095 | } | ||||||
2096 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
2097 | |||||||
2098 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||||
2099 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||||
2100 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
2101 | // template < parameters > | ||||||
2102 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template"); | ||||||
2103 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
2104 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters"); | ||||||
2105 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
2106 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2107 | } else { | ||||||
2108 | Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); | ||||||
2109 | } | ||||||
2110 | |||||||
2111 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2112 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2113 | break; | ||||||
2114 | |||||||
2115 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||||
2116 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); | ||||||
2117 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2118 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2119 | break; | ||||||
2120 | |||||||
2121 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
2122 | AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); | ||||||
2123 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2124 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2125 | break; | ||||||
2126 | |||||||
2127 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||||
2128 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); | ||||||
2129 | break; | ||||||
2130 | |||||||
2131 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||||
2132 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: { | ||||||
2133 | AddTypedefResult(Results); | ||||||
2134 | |||||||
2135 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() && | ||||||
2136 | SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { | ||||||
2137 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try"); | ||||||
2138 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2139 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2140 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2141 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
2142 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2143 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2144 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2145 | Builder.AddTextChunk("catch"); | ||||||
2146 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2147 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2148 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration"); | ||||||
2149 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2150 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2151 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2152 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2153 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
2154 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2155 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2156 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2157 | } | ||||||
2158 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
2159 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true); | ||||||
2160 | |||||||
2161 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
2162 | // if (condition) { statements } | ||||||
2163 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if"); | ||||||
2164 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2165 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2166 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
2167 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
2168 | else | ||||||
2169 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2170 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2171 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2172 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2173 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2174 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
2175 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2176 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2177 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2178 | |||||||
2179 | // switch (condition) { } | ||||||
2180 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch"); | ||||||
2181 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2182 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2183 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
2184 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
2185 | else | ||||||
2186 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2187 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2188 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2189 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2190 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2191 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases"); | ||||||
2192 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2193 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2194 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2195 | } | ||||||
2196 | |||||||
2197 | // Switch-specific statements. | ||||||
2198 | if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() && | ||||||
2199 | !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) { | ||||||
2200 | // case expression: | ||||||
2201 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case"); | ||||||
2202 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2203 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2204 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
2205 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2206 | |||||||
2207 | // default: | ||||||
2208 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default"); | ||||||
2209 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
2210 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2211 | } | ||||||
2212 | |||||||
2213 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
2214 | /// while (condition) { statements } | ||||||
2215 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while"); | ||||||
2216 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2217 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2218 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
2219 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
2220 | else | ||||||
2221 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2222 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2223 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2224 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2225 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2226 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
2227 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2228 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2229 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2230 | |||||||
2231 | // do { statements } while ( expression ); | ||||||
2232 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do"); | ||||||
2233 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2234 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2235 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2236 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
2237 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2238 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2239 | Builder.AddTextChunk("while"); | ||||||
2240 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2241 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2242 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2243 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2244 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2245 | |||||||
2246 | // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements } | ||||||
2247 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for"); | ||||||
2248 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2249 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2250 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99) | ||||||
2251 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement"); | ||||||
2252 | else | ||||||
2253 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression"); | ||||||
2254 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2255 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2256 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
2257 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2258 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2259 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression"); | ||||||
2260 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2261 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2262 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
2263 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2264 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
2265 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
2266 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
2267 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2268 | } | ||||||
2269 | |||||||
2270 | if (S->getContinueParent()) { | ||||||
2271 | // continue ; | ||||||
2272 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue"); | ||||||
2273 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2274 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2275 | } | ||||||
2276 | |||||||
2277 | if (S->getBreakParent()) { | ||||||
2278 | // break ; | ||||||
2279 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break"); | ||||||
2280 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2281 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2282 | } | ||||||
2283 | |||||||
2284 | // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type. | ||||||
2285 | QualType ReturnType; | ||||||
2286 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) | ||||||
2287 | ReturnType = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2288 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) | ||||||
2289 | ReturnType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2290 | else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() && | ||||||
2291 | !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull()) | ||||||
2292 | ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;; | ||||||
2293 | if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2294 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return"); | ||||||
2295 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2296 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2297 | } else { | ||||||
2298 | assert(!ReturnType.isNull())((!ReturnType.isNull()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ReturnType.isNull()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 2298, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2299 | // "return expression ;" | ||||||
2300 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return"); | ||||||
2301 | Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2302 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2303 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2304 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2305 | // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'. | ||||||
2306 | if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||
2307 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true"); | ||||||
2308 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2309 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2310 | |||||||
2311 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false"); | ||||||
2312 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2313 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2314 | } | ||||||
2315 | } | ||||||
2316 | |||||||
2317 | // goto identifier ; | ||||||
2318 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto"); | ||||||
2319 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2320 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label"); | ||||||
2321 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2322 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2323 | |||||||
2324 | // Using directives | ||||||
2325 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace"); | ||||||
2326 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2327 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); | ||||||
2328 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
2329 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2330 | |||||||
2331 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
2332 | } | ||||||
2333 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
2334 | |||||||
2335 | // Fall through (for statement expressions). | ||||||
2336 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||||
2337 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||||
2338 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2339 | // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions. | ||||||
2340 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
2341 | |||||||
2342 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
2343 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||
2344 | CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) { | ||||||
2345 | // (__bridge <type>)<expression> | ||||||
2346 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge"); | ||||||
2347 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2348 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2349 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2350 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2351 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2352 | |||||||
2353 | // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression> | ||||||
2354 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer"); | ||||||
2355 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2356 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type"); | ||||||
2357 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2358 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2359 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2360 | |||||||
2361 | // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression> | ||||||
2362 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained"); | ||||||
2363 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2364 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type"); | ||||||
2365 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2366 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2367 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2368 | } | ||||||
2369 | // Fall through | ||||||
2370 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
2371 | |||||||
2372 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: { | ||||||
2373 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
2374 | // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function. | ||||||
2375 | addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results); | ||||||
2376 | |||||||
2377 | // true | ||||||
2378 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); | ||||||
2379 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true"); | ||||||
2380 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2381 | |||||||
2382 | // false | ||||||
2383 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); | ||||||
2384 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false"); | ||||||
2385 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2386 | |||||||
2387 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { | ||||||
2388 | // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||||
2389 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast"); | ||||||
2390 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
2391 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2392 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
2393 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2394 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2395 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2396 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2397 | } | ||||||
2398 | |||||||
2399 | // static_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||||
2400 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast"); | ||||||
2401 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
2402 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2403 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
2404 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2405 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2406 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2407 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2408 | |||||||
2409 | // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||||
2410 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast"); | ||||||
2411 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
2412 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2413 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
2414 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2415 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2416 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2417 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2418 | |||||||
2419 | // const_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||||
2420 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast"); | ||||||
2421 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
2422 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2423 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
2424 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2425 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2426 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2427 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2428 | |||||||
2429 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { | ||||||
2430 | // typeid ( expression-or-type ) | ||||||
2431 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info"); | ||||||
2432 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid"); | ||||||
2433 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2434 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type"); | ||||||
2435 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2436 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2437 | } | ||||||
2438 | |||||||
2439 | // new T ( ... ) | ||||||
2440 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new"); | ||||||
2441 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2442 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2443 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2444 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions"); | ||||||
2445 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2446 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2447 | |||||||
2448 | // new T [ ] ( ... ) | ||||||
2449 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new"); | ||||||
2450 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2451 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2452 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); | ||||||
2453 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size"); | ||||||
2454 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||||
2455 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2456 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions"); | ||||||
2457 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2458 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2459 | |||||||
2460 | // delete expression | ||||||
2461 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); | ||||||
2462 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete"); | ||||||
2463 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2464 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2465 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2466 | |||||||
2467 | // delete [] expression | ||||||
2468 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); | ||||||
2469 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete"); | ||||||
2470 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2471 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); | ||||||
2472 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||||
2473 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2474 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2475 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2476 | |||||||
2477 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { | ||||||
2478 | // throw expression | ||||||
2479 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); | ||||||
2480 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw"); | ||||||
2481 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
2482 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2483 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2484 | } | ||||||
2485 | |||||||
2486 | // FIXME: Rethrow? | ||||||
2487 | |||||||
2488 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
2489 | // nullptr | ||||||
2490 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t"); | ||||||
2491 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr"); | ||||||
2492 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2493 | |||||||
2494 | // alignof | ||||||
2495 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||||
2496 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof"); | ||||||
2497 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2498 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2499 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2500 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2501 | |||||||
2502 | // noexcept | ||||||
2503 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); | ||||||
2504 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept"); | ||||||
2505 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2506 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
2507 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2508 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2509 | |||||||
2510 | // sizeof... expression | ||||||
2511 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||||
2512 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof..."); | ||||||
2513 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2514 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack"); | ||||||
2515 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2516 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2517 | } | ||||||
2518 | } | ||||||
2519 | |||||||
2520 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||||
2521 | // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass. | ||||||
2522 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
2523 | // The interface can be NULL. | ||||||
2524 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
2525 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { | ||||||
2526 | std::string SuperType; | ||||||
2527 | SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString(); | ||||||
2528 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||||
2529 | SuperType += " *"; | ||||||
2530 | |||||||
2531 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType)); | ||||||
2532 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super"); | ||||||
2533 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2534 | } | ||||||
2535 | } | ||||||
2536 | |||||||
2537 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true); | ||||||
2538 | } | ||||||
2539 | |||||||
2540 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) { | ||||||
2541 | // _Alignof | ||||||
2542 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||||
2543 | if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof")) | ||||||
2544 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof"); | ||||||
2545 | else | ||||||
2546 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof"); | ||||||
2547 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2548 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||||
2549 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2550 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2551 | } | ||||||
2552 | |||||||
2553 | // sizeof expression | ||||||
2554 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||||
2555 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof"); | ||||||
2556 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
2557 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type"); | ||||||
2558 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
2559 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
2560 | break; | ||||||
2561 | } | ||||||
2562 | |||||||
2563 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||||
2564 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||||
2565 | break; | ||||||
2566 | } | ||||||
2567 | |||||||
2568 | if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts())) | ||||||
2569 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
2570 | |||||||
2571 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type) | ||||||
2572 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator")); | ||||||
2573 | } | ||||||
2574 | |||||||
2575 | /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result | ||||||
2576 | /// type chunk. | ||||||
2577 | static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
2578 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
2579 | const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType, | ||||||
2580 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { | ||||||
2581 | if (!ND) | ||||||
2582 | return; | ||||||
2583 | |||||||
2584 | // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types | ||||||
2585 | // built into their names. | ||||||
2586 | if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
2587 | return; | ||||||
2588 | |||||||
2589 | // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type). | ||||||
2590 | QualType T; | ||||||
2591 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) | ||||||
2592 | T = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2593 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
2594 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) | ||||||
2595 | T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType); | ||||||
2596 | else | ||||||
2597 | T = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2598 | } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
2599 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); | ||||||
2600 | T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context); | ||||||
2601 | } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
2602 | /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/ | ||||||
2603 | } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
2604 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) | ||||||
2605 | T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType); | ||||||
2606 | else | ||||||
2607 | T = Ivar->getType(); | ||||||
2608 | } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
2609 | T = Value->getType(); | ||||||
2610 | } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
2611 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) | ||||||
2612 | T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType); | ||||||
2613 | else | ||||||
2614 | T = Property->getType(); | ||||||
2615 | } | ||||||
2616 | |||||||
2617 | if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy)) | ||||||
2618 | return; | ||||||
2619 | |||||||
2620 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||||
2621 | GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator())); | ||||||
2622 | } | ||||||
2623 | |||||||
2624 | static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP, | ||||||
2625 | const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod, | ||||||
2626 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { | ||||||
2627 | if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) | ||||||
2628 | if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) { | ||||||
2629 | if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil")) | ||||||
2630 | Result.AddTextChunk(", nil"); | ||||||
2631 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL")) | ||||||
2632 | Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL"); | ||||||
2633 | else | ||||||
2634 | Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0"); | ||||||
2635 | } | ||||||
2636 | } | ||||||
2637 | |||||||
2638 | static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals, | ||||||
2639 | QualType &Type) { | ||||||
2640 | std::string Result; | ||||||
2641 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) | ||||||
2642 | Result += "in "; | ||||||
2643 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) | ||||||
2644 | Result += "inout "; | ||||||
2645 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) | ||||||
2646 | Result += "out "; | ||||||
2647 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) | ||||||
2648 | Result += "bycopy "; | ||||||
2649 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) | ||||||
2650 | Result += "byref "; | ||||||
2651 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) | ||||||
2652 | Result += "oneway "; | ||||||
2653 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) { | ||||||
2654 | if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) { | ||||||
2655 | switch (*nullability) { | ||||||
2656 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: | ||||||
2657 | Result += "nonnull "; | ||||||
2658 | break; | ||||||
2659 | |||||||
2660 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: | ||||||
2661 | Result += "nullable "; | ||||||
2662 | break; | ||||||
2663 | |||||||
2664 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: | ||||||
2665 | Result += "null_unspecified "; | ||||||
2666 | break; | ||||||
2667 | } | ||||||
2668 | } | ||||||
2669 | } | ||||||
2670 | return Result; | ||||||
2671 | } | ||||||
2672 | |||||||
2673 | /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C | ||||||
2674 | /// block placeholder. | ||||||
2675 | /// | ||||||
2676 | /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to | ||||||
2677 | /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion | ||||||
2678 | /// results. | ||||||
2679 | static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, | ||||||
2680 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, | ||||||
2681 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, | ||||||
2682 | bool SuppressBlock = false) { | ||||||
2683 | if (!TSInfo) | ||||||
2684 | return; | ||||||
2685 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||
2686 | while (true) { | ||||||
2687 | // Look through typedefs. | ||||||
2688 | if (!SuppressBlock) { | ||||||
2689 | if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||
2690 | if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo = | ||||||
2691 | TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) { | ||||||
2692 | TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||
2693 | continue; | ||||||
2694 | } | ||||||
2695 | } | ||||||
2696 | |||||||
2697 | // Look through qualified types | ||||||
2698 | if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||
2699 | TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||
2700 | continue; | ||||||
2701 | } | ||||||
2702 | |||||||
2703 | if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||
2704 | TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc(); | ||||||
2705 | continue; | ||||||
2706 | } | ||||||
2707 | } | ||||||
2708 | |||||||
2709 | // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type, | ||||||
2710 | // then we're done. | ||||||
2711 | if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||
2712 | TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
2713 | Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); | ||||||
2714 | BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(); | ||||||
2715 | } | ||||||
2716 | break; | ||||||
2717 | } | ||||||
2718 | } | ||||||
2719 | |||||||
2720 | static std::string | ||||||
2721 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, | ||||||
2722 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, | ||||||
2723 | bool SuppressBlockName = false, | ||||||
2724 | bool SuppressBlock = false, | ||||||
2725 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None); | ||||||
2726 | |||||||
2727 | static std::string | ||||||
2728 | FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||||
2729 | bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false, | ||||||
2730 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) { | ||||||
2731 | // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid. | ||||||
2732 | // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually avaliable. | ||||||
2733 | // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere. | ||||||
2734 | if (!Param) | ||||||
2735 | return "int"; | ||||||
2736 | bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
2737 | if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() || | ||||||
2738 | !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
2739 | // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder | ||||||
2740 | // containing that parameter's type. | ||||||
2741 | std::string Result; | ||||||
2742 | |||||||
2743 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName) | ||||||
2744 | Result = Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2745 | |||||||
2746 | QualType Type = Param->getType(); | ||||||
2747 | if (ObjCSubsts) | ||||||
2748 | Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, | ||||||
2749 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||||
2750 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { | ||||||
2751 | Result = | ||||||
2752 | "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); | ||||||
2753 | Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")"; | ||||||
2754 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName) | ||||||
2755 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2756 | } else { | ||||||
2757 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||||
2758 | } | ||||||
2759 | return Result; | ||||||
2760 | } | ||||||
2761 | |||||||
2762 | // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with | ||||||
2763 | // the appropriate type. | ||||||
2764 | FunctionTypeLoc Block; | ||||||
2765 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto; | ||||||
2766 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, | ||||||
2767 | SuppressBlock); | ||||||
2768 | // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a | ||||||
2769 | // parameter in a setter. | ||||||
2770 | if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam && | ||||||
2771 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) { | ||||||
2772 | if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()) | ||||||
2773 | ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false)) | ||||||
2774 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, | ||||||
2775 | SuppressBlock); | ||||||
2776 | } | ||||||
2777 | |||||||
2778 | if (!Block) { | ||||||
2779 | // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names | ||||||
2780 | // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder. | ||||||
2781 | std::string Result; | ||||||
2782 | if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
2783 | Result = Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2784 | |||||||
2785 | QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2786 | |||||||
2787 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { | ||||||
2788 | Result = Type.getAsString(Policy); | ||||||
2789 | std::string Quals = | ||||||
2790 | formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); | ||||||
2791 | if (!Quals.empty()) | ||||||
2792 | Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")"; | ||||||
2793 | if (Result.back() != ')') | ||||||
2794 | Result += " "; | ||||||
2795 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
2796 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2797 | } else { | ||||||
2798 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||||
2799 | } | ||||||
2800 | |||||||
2801 | return Result; | ||||||
2802 | } | ||||||
2803 | |||||||
2804 | // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was | ||||||
2805 | // written in the source. | ||||||
2806 | return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto, | ||||||
2807 | /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock, | ||||||
2808 | ObjCSubsts); | ||||||
2809 | } | ||||||
2810 | |||||||
2811 | /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block | ||||||
2812 | /// declaration. | ||||||
2813 | /// | ||||||
2814 | /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type. | ||||||
2815 | /// | ||||||
2816 | /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type. | ||||||
2817 | /// | ||||||
2818 | /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block | ||||||
2819 | /// declaration is included in the resulting string. | ||||||
2820 | static std::string | ||||||
2821 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, | ||||||
2822 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, | ||||||
2823 | bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock, | ||||||
2824 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) { | ||||||
2825 | std::string Result; | ||||||
2826 | QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2827 | if (ObjCSubsts) | ||||||
2828 | ResultType = | ||||||
2829 | ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, | ||||||
2830 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result); | ||||||
2831 | if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock) | ||||||
2832 | ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||||
2833 | |||||||
2834 | // Format the parameter list. | ||||||
2835 | std::string Params; | ||||||
2836 | if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) { | ||||||
2837 | if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) | ||||||
2838 | Params = "(...)"; | ||||||
2839 | else | ||||||
2840 | Params = "(void)"; | ||||||
2841 | } else { | ||||||
2842 | Params += "("; | ||||||
2843 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
2844 | if (I) | ||||||
2845 | Params += ", "; | ||||||
2846 | Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I), | ||||||
2847 | /*SuppressName=*/false, | ||||||
2848 | /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts); | ||||||
2849 | |||||||
2850 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) | ||||||
2851 | Params += ", ..."; | ||||||
2852 | } | ||||||
2853 | Params += ")"; | ||||||
2854 | } | ||||||
2855 | |||||||
2856 | if (SuppressBlock) { | ||||||
2857 | // Format as a parameter. | ||||||
2858 | Result = Result + " (^"; | ||||||
2859 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
2860 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2861 | Result += ")"; | ||||||
2862 | Result += Params; | ||||||
2863 | } else { | ||||||
2864 | // Format as a block literal argument. | ||||||
2865 | Result = '^' + Result; | ||||||
2866 | Result += Params; | ||||||
2867 | |||||||
2868 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
2869 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2870 | } | ||||||
2871 | |||||||
2872 | return Result; | ||||||
2873 | } | ||||||
2874 | |||||||
2875 | static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||||
2876 | const SourceManager &SM, | ||||||
2877 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
2878 | const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange(); | ||||||
2879 | CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange); | ||||||
2880 | bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid(); | ||||||
2881 | if (Invalid) | ||||||
2882 | return ""; | ||||||
2883 | StringRef srcText = | ||||||
2884 | Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid); | ||||||
2885 | if (Invalid) | ||||||
2886 | return ""; | ||||||
2887 | |||||||
2888 | if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") { | ||||||
2889 | // Lexer can't determine the value. | ||||||
2890 | // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward | ||||||
2891 | // declared). | ||||||
2892 | return ""; | ||||||
2893 | } | ||||||
2894 | std::string DefValue(srcText.str()); | ||||||
2895 | // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and | ||||||
2896 | // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it | ||||||
2897 | if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') { | ||||||
2898 | // If we don't have '=' in front of value. | ||||||
2899 | // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types | ||||||
2900 | // values with it. | ||||||
2901 | return " = " + DefValue; | ||||||
2902 | } | ||||||
2903 | return " " + DefValue; | ||||||
2904 | } | ||||||
2905 | |||||||
2906 | /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string. | ||||||
2907 | static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP, | ||||||
2908 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
2909 | const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
2910 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
2911 | unsigned Start = 0, | ||||||
2912 | bool InOptional = false) { | ||||||
2913 | bool FirstParameter = true; | ||||||
2914 | |||||||
2915 | for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) { | ||||||
2916 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); | ||||||
2917 | |||||||
2918 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { | ||||||
2919 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and | ||||||
2920 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. | ||||||
2921 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||||
2922 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
2923 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||||
2924 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
2925 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true); | ||||||
2926 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||||
2927 | break; | ||||||
2928 | } | ||||||
2929 | |||||||
2930 | if (FirstParameter) | ||||||
2931 | FirstParameter = false; | ||||||
2932 | else | ||||||
2933 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
2934 | |||||||
2935 | InOptional = false; | ||||||
2936 | |||||||
2937 | // Format the placeholder string. | ||||||
2938 | std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); | ||||||
2939 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||||
2940 | PlaceholderStr += | ||||||
2941 | GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
2942 | |||||||
2943 | if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1) | ||||||
2944 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..."; | ||||||
2945 | |||||||
2946 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||||
2947 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||||
2948 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||||
2949 | } | ||||||
2950 | |||||||
2951 | if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
2952 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
2953 | if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0) | ||||||
2954 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||||
2955 | |||||||
2956 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result); | ||||||
2957 | } | ||||||
2958 | } | ||||||
2959 | |||||||
2960 | /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string. | ||||||
2961 | static void AddTemplateParameterChunks( | ||||||
2962 | ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
2963 | const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
2964 | unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) { | ||||||
2965 | bool FirstParameter = true; | ||||||
2966 | |||||||
2967 | // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of | ||||||
2968 | // the template. | ||||||
2969 | Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||||
2970 | |||||||
2971 | TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||
2972 | TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end(); | ||||||
2973 | if (MaxParameters) | ||||||
2974 | PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters; | ||||||
2975 | for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd; | ||||||
2976 | ++P) { | ||||||
2977 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; | ||||||
2978 | std::string PlaceholderStr; | ||||||
2979 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { | ||||||
2980 | if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()) | ||||||
2981 | PlaceholderStr = "typename"; | ||||||
2982 | else | ||||||
2983 | PlaceholderStr = "class"; | ||||||
2984 | |||||||
2985 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { | ||||||
2986 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; | ||||||
2987 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2988 | } | ||||||
2989 | |||||||
2990 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||||
2991 | } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | ||||||
2992 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { | ||||||
2993 | if (NTTP->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
2994 | PlaceholderStr = NTTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
2995 | NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy); | ||||||
2996 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||||
2997 | } else { | ||||||
2998 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))((isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 2998, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2999 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); | ||||||
3000 | |||||||
3001 | // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would | ||||||
3002 | // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation. | ||||||
3003 | PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class"; | ||||||
3004 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { | ||||||
3005 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; | ||||||
3006 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||||
3007 | } | ||||||
3008 | |||||||
3009 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||||
3010 | } | ||||||
3011 | |||||||
3012 | if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) { | ||||||
3013 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and | ||||||
3014 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. | ||||||
3015 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||||
3016 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
3017 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||||
3018 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
3019 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters, | ||||||
3020 | P - Params->begin(), true); | ||||||
3021 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||||
3022 | break; | ||||||
3023 | } | ||||||
3024 | |||||||
3025 | InDefaultArg = false; | ||||||
3026 | |||||||
3027 | if (FirstParameter) | ||||||
3028 | FirstParameter = false; | ||||||
3029 | else | ||||||
3030 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
3031 | |||||||
3032 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||||
3033 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||||
3034 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||||
3035 | } | ||||||
3036 | } | ||||||
3037 | |||||||
3038 | /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the | ||||||
3039 | /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL. | ||||||
3040 | static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
3041 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||
3042 | bool QualifierIsInformative, | ||||||
3043 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3044 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||||
3045 | if (!Qualifier) | ||||||
3046 | return; | ||||||
3047 | |||||||
3048 | std::string PrintedNNS; | ||||||
3049 | { | ||||||
3050 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS); | ||||||
3051 | Qualifier->print(OS, Policy); | ||||||
3052 | } | ||||||
3053 | if (QualifierIsInformative) | ||||||
3054 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); | ||||||
3055 | else | ||||||
3056 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); | ||||||
3057 | } | ||||||
3058 | |||||||
3059 | static void | ||||||
3060 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
3061 | const FunctionDecl *Function) { | ||||||
3062 | const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
3063 | if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals()) | ||||||
3064 | return; | ||||||
3065 | |||||||
3066 | // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier! | ||||||
3067 | |||||||
3068 | // Handle single qualifiers without copying | ||||||
3069 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||||
3070 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const"); | ||||||
3071 | return; | ||||||
3072 | } | ||||||
3073 | |||||||
3074 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) { | ||||||
3075 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile"); | ||||||
3076 | return; | ||||||
3077 | } | ||||||
3078 | |||||||
3079 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) { | ||||||
3080 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict"); | ||||||
3081 | return; | ||||||
3082 | } | ||||||
3083 | |||||||
3084 | // Handle multiple qualifiers. | ||||||
3085 | std::string QualsStr; | ||||||
3086 | if (Proto->isConst()) | ||||||
3087 | QualsStr += " const"; | ||||||
3088 | if (Proto->isVolatile()) | ||||||
3089 | QualsStr += " volatile"; | ||||||
3090 | if (Proto->isRestrict()) | ||||||
3091 | QualsStr += " restrict"; | ||||||
3092 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr)); | ||||||
3093 | } | ||||||
3094 | |||||||
3095 | /// Add the name of the given declaration | ||||||
3096 | static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
3097 | const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
3098 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { | ||||||
3099 | DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName(); | ||||||
3100 | if (!Name) | ||||||
3101 | return; | ||||||
3102 | |||||||
3103 | switch (Name.getNameKind()) { | ||||||
3104 | case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: { | ||||||
3105 | const char *OperatorName = nullptr; | ||||||
3106 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { | ||||||
3107 | case OO_None: | ||||||
3108 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||||
3109 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||||
3110 | OperatorName = "operator"; | ||||||
3111 | break; | ||||||
3112 | |||||||
3113 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | ||||||
3114 | case OO_##Name: \ | ||||||
3115 | OperatorName = "operator" Spelling; \ | ||||||
3116 | break; | ||||||
3117 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) | ||||||
3118 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | ||||||
3119 | |||||||
3120 | case OO_New: | ||||||
3121 | OperatorName = "operator new"; | ||||||
3122 | break; | ||||||
3123 | case OO_Delete: | ||||||
3124 | OperatorName = "operator delete"; | ||||||
3125 | break; | ||||||
3126 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||||
3127 | OperatorName = "operator new[]"; | ||||||
3128 | break; | ||||||
3129 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||
3130 | OperatorName = "operator delete[]"; | ||||||
3131 | break; | ||||||
3132 | case OO_Call: | ||||||
3133 | OperatorName = "operator()"; | ||||||
3134 | break; | ||||||
3135 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||||
3136 | OperatorName = "operator[]"; | ||||||
3137 | break; | ||||||
3138 | } | ||||||
3139 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName); | ||||||
3140 | break; | ||||||
3141 | } | ||||||
3142 | |||||||
3143 | case DeclarationName::Identifier: | ||||||
3144 | case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: | ||||||
3145 | case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: | ||||||
3146 | case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: | ||||||
3147 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3148 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3149 | break; | ||||||
3150 | |||||||
3151 | case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName: | ||||||
3152 | case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: | ||||||
3153 | case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: | ||||||
3154 | case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: | ||||||
3155 | case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: | ||||||
3156 | break; | ||||||
3157 | |||||||
3158 | case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: { | ||||||
3159 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | ||||||
3160 | QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType(); | ||||||
3161 | if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||||
3162 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl()); | ||||||
3163 | else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) | ||||||
3164 | Record = InjectedTy->getDecl(); | ||||||
3165 | else { | ||||||
3166 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3167 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3168 | break; | ||||||
3169 | } | ||||||
3170 | |||||||
3171 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3172 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3173 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { | ||||||
3174 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
3175 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result); | ||||||
3176 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
3177 | } | ||||||
3178 | break; | ||||||
3179 | } | ||||||
3180 | } | ||||||
3181 | } | ||||||
3182 | |||||||
3183 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( | ||||||
3184 | Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||||
3185 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||||
3186 | bool IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||||
3187 | return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator, | ||||||
3188 | CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments); | ||||||
3189 | } | ||||||
3190 | |||||||
3191 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro( | ||||||
3192 | Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, | ||||||
3193 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) { | ||||||
3194 | assert(Kind == RK_Macro)((Kind == RK_Macro) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == RK_Macro", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3195 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); | ||||||
3196 | const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro); | ||||||
3197 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName())); | ||||||
3198 | |||||||
3199 | if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike()) | ||||||
3200 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3201 | |||||||
3202 | // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments. | ||||||
3203 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
3204 | MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end(); | ||||||
3205 | |||||||
3206 | // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it. | ||||||
3207 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) { | ||||||
3208 | --AEnd; | ||||||
3209 | |||||||
3210 | if (A == AEnd) { | ||||||
3211 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||||
3212 | } | ||||||
3213 | } | ||||||
3214 | |||||||
3215 | for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) { | ||||||
3216 | if (A != MI->param_begin()) | ||||||
3217 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
3218 | |||||||
3219 | if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) { | ||||||
3220 | SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName(); | ||||||
3221 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) | ||||||
3222 | Arg += ", ..."; | ||||||
3223 | else | ||||||
3224 | Arg += "..."; | ||||||
3225 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||||
3226 | break; | ||||||
3227 | } | ||||||
3228 | |||||||
3229 | // Non-variadic macros are simple. | ||||||
3230 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||||
3231 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName())); | ||||||
3232 | } | ||||||
3233 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
3234 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3235 | } | ||||||
3236 | |||||||
3237 | /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given | ||||||
3238 | /// result. | ||||||
3239 | /// | ||||||
3240 | /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing | ||||||
3241 | /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the | ||||||
3242 | /// result is all that is needed. | ||||||
3243 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( | ||||||
3244 | ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||||
3245 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||||
3246 | bool IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||||
3247 | if (Kind == RK_Macro) | ||||||
3248 | return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo); | ||||||
3249 | |||||||
3250 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); | ||||||
3251 | |||||||
3252 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP); | ||||||
3253 | if (Kind == RK_Pattern) { | ||||||
3254 | Pattern->Priority = Priority; | ||||||
3255 | Pattern->Availability = Availability; | ||||||
3256 | |||||||
3257 | if (Declaration) { | ||||||
3258 | Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
3259 | Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName(); | ||||||
3260 | if (const RawComment *RC = | ||||||
3261 | getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { | ||||||
3262 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); | ||||||
3263 | Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment(); | ||||||
3264 | } | ||||||
3265 | } | ||||||
3266 | |||||||
3267 | return Pattern; | ||||||
3268 | } | ||||||
3269 | |||||||
3270 | if (Kind == RK_Keyword) { | ||||||
3271 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword); | ||||||
3272 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3273 | } | ||||||
3274 | assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?")((Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == RK_Declaration && \"Missed a result kind?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3275 | return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( | ||||||
3276 | PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy); | ||||||
3277 | } | ||||||
3278 | |||||||
3279 | static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS, | ||||||
3280 | std::string &BeforeName, | ||||||
3281 | std::string &NameAndSignature) { | ||||||
3282 | bool SeenTypedChunk = false; | ||||||
3283 | for (auto &Chunk : CCS) { | ||||||
3284 | if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) { | ||||||
3285 | assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name")((SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SeenTypedChunk && \"optional parameter before name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3286 | // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature. | ||||||
3287 | printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature); | ||||||
3288 | continue; | ||||||
3289 | } | ||||||
3290 | SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText; | ||||||
3291 | if (SeenTypedChunk) | ||||||
3292 | NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text; | ||||||
3293 | else | ||||||
3294 | BeforeName += Chunk.Text; | ||||||
3295 | } | ||||||
3296 | } | ||||||
3297 | |||||||
3298 | CodeCompletionString * | ||||||
3299 | CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( | ||||||
3300 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
3301 | bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||||
3302 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||||
3303 | auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result, | ||||||
3304 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, | ||||||
3305 | CCContext, Policy); | ||||||
3306 | std::string BeforeName; | ||||||
3307 | std::string NameAndSignature; | ||||||
3308 | // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative. | ||||||
3309 | printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature); | ||||||
3310 | NameAndSignature += " override"; | ||||||
3311 | |||||||
3312 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName)); | ||||||
3313 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
3314 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature)); | ||||||
3315 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3316 | } | ||||||
3317 | |||||||
3318 | // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor | ||||||
3319 | // types like std::function. | ||||||
3320 | static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||
3321 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); | ||||||
3322 | if (!VD) | ||||||
3323 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3324 | const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
3325 | if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda()) | ||||||
3326 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3327 | return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||
3328 | } | ||||||
3329 | |||||||
3330 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( | ||||||
3331 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
3332 | bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||||
3333 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||||
3334 | const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration; | ||||||
3335 | Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
3336 | |||||||
3337 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||||
3338 | // Add documentation comment, if it exists. | ||||||
3339 | if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { | ||||||
3340 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); | ||||||
3341 | } | ||||||
3342 | } | ||||||
3343 | |||||||
3344 | if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||||
3345 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3346 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3347 | Result.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||||
3348 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3349 | } | ||||||
3350 | |||||||
3351 | for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||||
3352 | Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation())); | ||||||
3353 | |||||||
3354 | auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) { | ||||||
3355 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); | ||||||
3356 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||||
3357 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||||
3358 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result); | ||||||
3359 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
3360 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); | ||||||
3361 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
3362 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); | ||||||
3363 | }; | ||||||
3364 | |||||||
3365 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
3366 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function); | ||||||
3367 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3368 | } | ||||||
3369 | |||||||
3370 | if (const auto *CallOperator = | ||||||
3371 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) { | ||||||
3372 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator); | ||||||
3373 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3374 | } | ||||||
3375 | |||||||
3376 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); | ||||||
3377 | |||||||
3378 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = | ||||||
3379 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
3380 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||||
3381 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||||
3382 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
3383 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result); | ||||||
3384 | |||||||
3385 | // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default | ||||||
3386 | // arguments). | ||||||
3387 | llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced; | ||||||
3388 | Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced); | ||||||
3389 | unsigned LastDeducibleArgument; | ||||||
3390 | for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0; | ||||||
3391 | --LastDeducibleArgument) { | ||||||
3392 | if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) { | ||||||
3393 | // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so, | ||||||
3394 | // the user doesn't need to type this argument. | ||||||
3395 | // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better! | ||||||
3396 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; | ||||||
3397 | NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam( | ||||||
3398 | LastDeducibleArgument - 1); | ||||||
3399 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) | ||||||
3400 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||||
3401 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | ||||||
3402 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) | ||||||
3403 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||||
3404 | else { | ||||||
3405 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param))((isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3406 | HasDefaultArg = | ||||||
3407 | cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||||
3408 | } | ||||||
3409 | |||||||
3410 | if (!HasDefaultArg) | ||||||
3411 | break; | ||||||
3412 | } | ||||||
3413 | } | ||||||
3414 | |||||||
3415 | if (LastDeducibleArgument) { | ||||||
3416 | // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a | ||||||
3417 | // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list | ||||||
3418 | // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument. | ||||||
3419 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
3420 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result, | ||||||
3421 | LastDeducibleArgument); | ||||||
3422 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
3423 | } | ||||||
3424 | |||||||
3425 | // Add the function parameters | ||||||
3426 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
3427 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); | ||||||
3428 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
3429 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); | ||||||
3430 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3431 | } | ||||||
3432 | |||||||
3433 | if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
3434 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||||
3435 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||||
3436 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3437 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3438 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||||
3439 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result); | ||||||
3440 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||||
3441 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3442 | } | ||||||
3443 | |||||||
3444 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
3445 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); | ||||||
3446 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||||
3447 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3448 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||||
3449 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3450 | } | ||||||
3451 | |||||||
3452 | std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str(); | ||||||
3453 | SelName += ':'; | ||||||
3454 | if (StartParameter == 0) | ||||||
3455 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); | ||||||
3456 | else { | ||||||
3457 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); | ||||||
3458 | |||||||
3459 | // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty | ||||||
3460 | // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type. | ||||||
3461 | if (Method->param_size() == 1) | ||||||
3462 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(""); | ||||||
3463 | } | ||||||
3464 | unsigned Idx = 0; | ||||||
3465 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), | ||||||
3466 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); | ||||||
3467 | P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++Idx) { | ||||||
3468 | if (Idx > 0) { | ||||||
3469 | std::string Keyword; | ||||||
3470 | if (Idx > StartParameter) | ||||||
3471 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
3472 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx)) | ||||||
3473 | Keyword += II->getName(); | ||||||
3474 | Keyword += ":"; | ||||||
3475 | if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||||
3476 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); | ||||||
3477 | else | ||||||
3478 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); | ||||||
3479 | } | ||||||
3480 | |||||||
3481 | // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder. | ||||||
3482 | if (Idx < StartParameter) | ||||||
3483 | continue; | ||||||
3484 | |||||||
3485 | std::string Arg; | ||||||
3486 | QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType(); | ||||||
3487 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts; | ||||||
3488 | if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull()) | ||||||
3489 | ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method); | ||||||
3490 | |||||||
3491 | if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity) | ||||||
3492 | Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true, | ||||||
3493 | /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts); | ||||||
3494 | else { | ||||||
3495 | if (ObjCSubsts) | ||||||
3496 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( | ||||||
3497 | Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||||
3498 | Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), | ||||||
3499 | ParamType); | ||||||
3500 | Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")"; | ||||||
3501 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
3502 | if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||||
3503 | Arg += II->getName(); | ||||||
3504 | } | ||||||
3505 | |||||||
3506 | if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd) | ||||||
3507 | Arg += ", ..."; | ||||||
3508 | |||||||
3509 | if (DeclaringEntity) | ||||||
3510 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||||
3511 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||||
3512 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||||
3513 | else | ||||||
3514 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||||
3515 | } | ||||||
3516 | |||||||
3517 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
3518 | if (Method->param_size() == 0) { | ||||||
3519 | if (DeclaringEntity) | ||||||
3520 | Result.AddTextChunk(", ..."); | ||||||
3521 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||||
3522 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ..."); | ||||||
3523 | else | ||||||
3524 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ..."); | ||||||
3525 | } | ||||||
3526 | |||||||
3527 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result); | ||||||
3528 | } | ||||||
3529 | |||||||
3530 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3531 | } | ||||||
3532 | |||||||
3533 | if (Qualifier) | ||||||
3534 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||||
3535 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||||
3536 | |||||||
3537 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
3538 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3539 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3540 | } | ||||||
3541 | |||||||
3542 | const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
3543 | const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||
3544 | if (!ND) | ||||||
3545 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3546 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND)) | ||||||
3547 | return RC; | ||||||
3548 | |||||||
3549 | // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods. | ||||||
3550 | const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); | ||||||
3551 | if (!M) | ||||||
3552 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3553 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); | ||||||
3554 | if (!PDecl) | ||||||
3555 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3556 | |||||||
3557 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl); | ||||||
3558 | } | ||||||
3559 | |||||||
3560 | const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
3561 | const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||
3562 | const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); | ||||||
3563 | if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||||
3564 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3565 | |||||||
3566 | // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where | ||||||
3567 | // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name | ||||||
3568 | // different from the property name (declared via a property | ||||||
3569 | // getter attribute. | ||||||
3570 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); | ||||||
3571 | if (!PDecl) | ||||||
3572 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3573 | if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() && | ||||||
3574 | PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) { | ||||||
3575 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M)) | ||||||
3576 | return RC; | ||||||
3577 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl)) | ||||||
3578 | return RC; | ||||||
3579 | } | ||||||
3580 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3581 | } | ||||||
3582 | |||||||
3583 | const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment( | ||||||
3584 | const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
3585 | const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) { | ||||||
3586 | auto FDecl = Result.getFunction(); | ||||||
3587 | if (!FDecl) | ||||||
3588 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3589 | if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams()) | ||||||
3590 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex)); | ||||||
3591 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3592 | } | ||||||
3593 | |||||||
3594 | /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion | ||||||
3595 | /// string. | ||||||
3596 | static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3597 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
3598 | const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
3599 | const FunctionProtoType *Prototype, | ||||||
3600 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||||
3601 | unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0, | ||||||
3602 | bool InOptional = false) { | ||||||
3603 | bool FirstParameter = true; | ||||||
3604 | unsigned NumParams = | ||||||
3605 | Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams(); | ||||||
3606 | |||||||
3607 | for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) { | ||||||
3608 | if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { | ||||||
3609 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and | ||||||
3610 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. | ||||||
3611 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||||
3612 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
3613 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||||
3614 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
3615 | // Optional sections are nested. | ||||||
3616 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt, | ||||||
3617 | CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true); | ||||||
3618 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||||
3619 | return; | ||||||
3620 | } | ||||||
3621 | |||||||
3622 | if (FirstParameter) | ||||||
3623 | FirstParameter = false; | ||||||
3624 | else | ||||||
3625 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
3626 | |||||||
3627 | InOptional = false; | ||||||
3628 | |||||||
3629 | // Format the placeholder string. | ||||||
3630 | std::string Placeholder; | ||||||
3631 | if (Function) { | ||||||
3632 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); | ||||||
3633 | Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); | ||||||
3634 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||||
3635 | Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(), | ||||||
3636 | Context.getLangOpts()); | ||||||
3637 | } else { | ||||||
3638 | Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy); | ||||||
3639 | } | ||||||
3640 | |||||||
3641 | if (P == CurrentArg) | ||||||
3642 | Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk( | ||||||
3643 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); | ||||||
3644 | else | ||||||
3645 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); | ||||||
3646 | } | ||||||
3647 | |||||||
3648 | if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
3649 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||||
3650 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
3651 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||||
3652 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
3653 | |||||||
3654 | if (CurrentArg < NumParams) | ||||||
3655 | Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||||
3656 | else | ||||||
3657 | Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("..."); | ||||||
3658 | |||||||
3659 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||||
3660 | } | ||||||
3661 | } | ||||||
3662 | |||||||
3663 | CodeCompletionString * | ||||||
3664 | CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString( | ||||||
3665 | unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, | ||||||
3666 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments) const { | ||||||
3667 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); | ||||||
3668 | // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared: | ||||||
3669 | // vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n) | ||||||
3670 | // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases. | ||||||
3671 | Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true; | ||||||
3672 | |||||||
3673 | // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately. | ||||||
3674 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1, | ||||||
3675 | CXAvailability_Available); | ||||||
3676 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction(); | ||||||
3677 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = | ||||||
3678 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType()); | ||||||
3679 | if (!FDecl && !Proto) { | ||||||
3680 | // Function without a prototype. Just give the return type and a | ||||||
3681 | // highlighted ellipsis. | ||||||
3682 | const FunctionType *FT = getFunctionType(); | ||||||
3683 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
3684 | FT->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); | ||||||
3685 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
3686 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "..."); | ||||||
3687 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
3688 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3689 | } | ||||||
3690 | |||||||
3691 | if (FDecl) { | ||||||
3692 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||||
3693 | if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg)) | ||||||
3694 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext())); | ||||||
3695 | } | ||||||
3696 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result); | ||||||
3697 | Result.AddTextChunk( | ||||||
3698 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(FDecl->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
3699 | } else { | ||||||
3700 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
3701 | Proto->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); | ||||||
3702 | } | ||||||
3703 | |||||||
3704 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
3705 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result, | ||||||
3706 | CurrentArg); | ||||||
3707 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
3708 | |||||||
3709 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||||
3710 | } | ||||||
3711 | |||||||
3712 | unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName, | ||||||
3713 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
3714 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) { | ||||||
3715 | unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro; | ||||||
3716 | |||||||
3717 | // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants. | ||||||
3718 | if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") || | ||||||
3719 | MacroName.equals("Nil")) { | ||||||
3720 | Priority = CCP_Constant; | ||||||
3721 | if (PreferredTypeIsPointer) | ||||||
3722 | Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; | ||||||
3723 | } | ||||||
3724 | // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants. | ||||||
3725 | else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") || | ||||||
3726 | MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false")) | ||||||
3727 | Priority = CCP_Constant; | ||||||
3728 | // Treat "bool" as a type. | ||||||
3729 | else if (MacroName.equals("bool")) | ||||||
3730 | Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0); | ||||||
3731 | |||||||
3732 | return Priority; | ||||||
3733 | } | ||||||
3734 | |||||||
3735 | CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) { | ||||||
3736 | if (!D) | ||||||
3737 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; | ||||||
3738 | |||||||
3739 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||||
3740 | case Decl::Enum: | ||||||
3741 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; | ||||||
3742 | case Decl::EnumConstant: | ||||||
3743 | return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl; | ||||||
3744 | case Decl::Field: | ||||||
3745 | return CXCursor_FieldDecl; | ||||||
3746 | case Decl::Function: | ||||||
3747 | return CXCursor_FunctionDecl; | ||||||
3748 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: | ||||||
3749 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl; | ||||||
3750 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: | ||||||
3751 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl; | ||||||
3752 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
3753 | return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl; | ||||||
3754 | |||||||
3755 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: | ||||||
3756 | return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl; | ||||||
3757 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: | ||||||
3758 | return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl; | ||||||
3759 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: | ||||||
3760 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod() | ||||||
3761 | ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl | ||||||
3762 | : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl; | ||||||
3763 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||||
3764 | return CXCursor_CXXMethod; | ||||||
3765 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: | ||||||
3766 | return CXCursor_Constructor; | ||||||
3767 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: | ||||||
3768 | return CXCursor_Destructor; | ||||||
3769 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||||
3770 | return CXCursor_ConversionFunction; | ||||||
3771 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: | ||||||
3772 | return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl; | ||||||
3773 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: | ||||||
3774 | return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl; | ||||||
3775 | case Decl::ParmVar: | ||||||
3776 | return CXCursor_ParmDecl; | ||||||
3777 | case Decl::Typedef: | ||||||
3778 | return CXCursor_TypedefDecl; | ||||||
3779 | case Decl::TypeAlias: | ||||||
3780 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl; | ||||||
3781 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: | ||||||
3782 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl; | ||||||
3783 | case Decl::Var: | ||||||
3784 | return CXCursor_VarDecl; | ||||||
3785 | case Decl::Namespace: | ||||||
3786 | return CXCursor_Namespace; | ||||||
3787 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: | ||||||
3788 | return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias; | ||||||
3789 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||||
3790 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; | ||||||
3791 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: | ||||||
3792 | return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter; | ||||||
3793 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: | ||||||
3794 | return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter; | ||||||
3795 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: | ||||||
3796 | return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate; | ||||||
3797 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: | ||||||
3798 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplate; | ||||||
3799 | case Decl::AccessSpec: | ||||||
3800 | return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier; | ||||||
3801 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: | ||||||
3802 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization; | ||||||
3803 | case Decl::UsingDirective: | ||||||
3804 | return CXCursor_UsingDirective; | ||||||
3805 | case Decl::StaticAssert: | ||||||
3806 | return CXCursor_StaticAssert; | ||||||
3807 | case Decl::Friend: | ||||||
3808 | return CXCursor_FriendDecl; | ||||||
3809 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: | ||||||
3810 | return CXCursor_TranslationUnit; | ||||||
3811 | |||||||
3812 | case Decl::Using: | ||||||
3813 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: | ||||||
3814 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: | ||||||
3815 | return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration; | ||||||
3816 | |||||||
3817 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: | ||||||
3818 | switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) { | ||||||
3819 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic: | ||||||
3820 | return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl; | ||||||
3821 | |||||||
3822 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize: | ||||||
3823 | return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl; | ||||||
3824 | } | ||||||
3825 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected Kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3825); | ||||||
3826 | |||||||
3827 | case Decl::Import: | ||||||
3828 | return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl; | ||||||
3829 | |||||||
3830 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||||
3831 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; | ||||||
3832 | |||||||
3833 | default: | ||||||
3834 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
3835 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { | ||||||
3836 | case TTK_Interface: // fall through | ||||||
3837 | case TTK_Struct: | ||||||
3838 | return CXCursor_StructDecl; | ||||||
3839 | case TTK_Class: | ||||||
3840 | return CXCursor_ClassDecl; | ||||||
3841 | case TTK_Union: | ||||||
3842 | return CXCursor_UnionDecl; | ||||||
3843 | case TTK_Enum: | ||||||
3844 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; | ||||||
3845 | } | ||||||
3846 | } | ||||||
3847 | } | ||||||
3848 | |||||||
3849 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; | ||||||
3850 | } | ||||||
3851 | |||||||
3852 | static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
3853 | bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined, | ||||||
3854 | bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) { | ||||||
3855 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
3856 | |||||||
3857 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
3858 | |||||||
3859 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal), | ||||||
3860 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal); | ||||||
3861 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
3862 | auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first); | ||||||
3863 | if (IncludeUndefined || MD) { | ||||||
3864 | MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo(); | ||||||
3865 | if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard()) | ||||||
3866 | continue; | ||||||
3867 | |||||||
3868 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
3869 | Result(M->first, MI, | ||||||
3870 | getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(), | ||||||
3871 | TargetTypeIsPointer))); | ||||||
3872 | } | ||||||
3873 | } | ||||||
3874 | |||||||
3875 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
3876 | } | ||||||
3877 | |||||||
3878 | static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
3879 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
3880 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
3881 | |||||||
3882 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
3883 | |||||||
3884 | Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant)); | ||||||
3885 | Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant)); | ||||||
3886 | if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) | ||||||
3887 | Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant)); | ||||||
3888 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
3889 | } | ||||||
3890 | |||||||
3891 | static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S, | ||||||
3892 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter, | ||||||
3893 | CodeCompletionContext Context, | ||||||
3894 | CodeCompletionResult *Results, | ||||||
3895 | unsigned NumResults) { | ||||||
3896 | if (CodeCompleter) | ||||||
3897 | CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults); | ||||||
3898 | } | ||||||
3899 | |||||||
3900 | static CodeCompletionContext | ||||||
3901 | mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) { | ||||||
3902 | switch (PCC) { | ||||||
3903 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||||
3904 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; | ||||||
3905 | |||||||
3906 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||||
3907 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; | ||||||
3908 | |||||||
3909 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||||
3910 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface; | ||||||
3911 | |||||||
3912 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
3913 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation; | ||||||
3914 | |||||||
3915 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||||
3916 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList; | ||||||
3917 | |||||||
3918 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||||
3919 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||||
3920 | if (S.CurContext->isFileContext()) | ||||||
3921 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; | ||||||
3922 | if (S.CurContext->isRecord()) | ||||||
3923 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; | ||||||
3924 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; | ||||||
3925 | |||||||
3926 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||||
3927 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery; | ||||||
3928 | |||||||
3929 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||||
3930 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 || | ||||||
3931 | S.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
3932 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; | ||||||
3933 | else | ||||||
3934 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; | ||||||
3935 | |||||||
3936 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: | ||||||
3937 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; | ||||||
3938 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||||
3939 | return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, | ||||||
3940 | S.getASTContext().BoolTy); | ||||||
3941 | |||||||
3942 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: | ||||||
3943 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement; | ||||||
3944 | |||||||
3945 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||||
3946 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; | ||||||
3947 | |||||||
3948 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
3949 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; | ||||||
3950 | |||||||
3951 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||||
3952 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; | ||||||
3953 | } | ||||||
3954 | |||||||
3955 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3955); | ||||||
3956 | } | ||||||
3957 | |||||||
3958 | /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results | ||||||
3959 | /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the | ||||||
3960 | /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality. | ||||||
3961 | /// | ||||||
3962 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results. | ||||||
3963 | /// | ||||||
3964 | /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding | ||||||
3965 | /// the code-completion point | ||||||
3966 | static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext, | ||||||
3967 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
3968 | // Look through blocks. | ||||||
3969 | DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext; | ||||||
3970 | while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
3971 | CurContext = CurContext->getParent(); | ||||||
3972 | |||||||
3973 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
3974 | if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual()) | ||||||
3975 | return; | ||||||
3976 | |||||||
3977 | // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to | ||||||
3978 | // generate a forwarding call. | ||||||
3979 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) | ||||||
3980 | if (!P->getDeclName()) | ||||||
3981 | return; | ||||||
3982 | |||||||
3983 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); | ||||||
3984 | for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) { | ||||||
3985 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
3986 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
3987 | if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl()) | ||||||
3988 | continue; | ||||||
3989 | |||||||
3990 | // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now. | ||||||
3991 | if (!InContext) { | ||||||
3992 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification( | ||||||
3993 | S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
3994 | if (NNS) { | ||||||
3995 | std::string Str; | ||||||
3996 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); | ||||||
3997 | NNS->print(OS, Policy); | ||||||
3998 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str())); | ||||||
3999 | } | ||||||
4000 | } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext())) | ||||||
4001 | continue; | ||||||
4002 | |||||||
4003 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
4004 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString())); | ||||||
4005 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
4006 | bool FirstParam = true; | ||||||
4007 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) { | ||||||
4008 | if (FirstParam) | ||||||
4009 | FirstParam = false; | ||||||
4010 | else | ||||||
4011 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
4012 | |||||||
4013 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||||
4014 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||||
4015 | } | ||||||
4016 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
4017 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( | ||||||
4018 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod, | ||||||
4019 | CXAvailability_Available, Overridden)); | ||||||
4020 | Results.Ignore(Overridden); | ||||||
4021 | } | ||||||
4022 | } | ||||||
4023 | |||||||
4024 | void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, | ||||||
4025 | ModuleIdPath Path) { | ||||||
4026 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
4027 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4028 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
4029 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
4030 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4031 | |||||||
4032 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||||
4033 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
4034 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
4035 | if (Path.empty()) { | ||||||
4036 | // Enumerate all top-level modules. | ||||||
4037 | SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules; | ||||||
4038 | PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules); | ||||||
4039 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
4040 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
4041 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name)); | ||||||
4042 | Results.AddResult(Result( | ||||||
4043 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, | ||||||
4044 | Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available | ||||||
4045 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); | ||||||
4046 | } | ||||||
4047 | } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) { | ||||||
4048 | // Load the named module. | ||||||
4049 | Module *Mod = | ||||||
4050 | PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, | ||||||
4051 | /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false); | ||||||
4052 | // Enumerate submodules. | ||||||
4053 | if (Mod) { | ||||||
4054 | for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(), | ||||||
4055 | SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end(); | ||||||
4056 | Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) { | ||||||
4057 | |||||||
4058 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
4059 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name)); | ||||||
4060 | Results.AddResult(Result( | ||||||
4061 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, | ||||||
4062 | (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available | ||||||
4063 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); | ||||||
4064 | } | ||||||
4065 | } | ||||||
4066 | } | ||||||
4067 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4068 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4069 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4070 | } | ||||||
4071 | |||||||
4072 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, | ||||||
4073 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) { | ||||||
4074 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4075 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
4076 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext)); | ||||||
4077 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4078 | |||||||
4079 | // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of | ||||||
4080 | // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are | ||||||
4081 | // only allowed where we can have an expression. | ||||||
4082 | switch (CompletionContext) { | ||||||
4083 | case PCC_Namespace: | ||||||
4084 | case PCC_Class: | ||||||
4085 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||||
4086 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
4087 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||||
4088 | case PCC_Template: | ||||||
4089 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||||
4090 | case PCC_Type: | ||||||
4091 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||||
4092 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); | ||||||
4093 | break; | ||||||
4094 | |||||||
4095 | case PCC_Statement: | ||||||
4096 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
4097 | case PCC_Expression: | ||||||
4098 | case PCC_ForInit: | ||||||
4099 | case PCC_Condition: | ||||||
4100 | if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts())) | ||||||
4101 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); | ||||||
4102 | else | ||||||
4103 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); | ||||||
4104 | |||||||
4105 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
4106 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results); | ||||||
4107 | break; | ||||||
4108 | |||||||
4109 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||||
4110 | // Unfiltered | ||||||
4111 | break; | ||||||
4112 | } | ||||||
4113 | |||||||
4114 | // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on | ||||||
4115 | // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list. | ||||||
4116 | auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType(); | ||||||
4117 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) | ||||||
4118 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), | ||||||
4119 | VK_LValue); | ||||||
4120 | |||||||
4121 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
4122 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
4123 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4124 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4125 | |||||||
4126 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results); | ||||||
4127 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4128 | |||||||
4129 | switch (CompletionContext) { | ||||||
4130 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||||
4131 | case PCC_Expression: | ||||||
4132 | case PCC_Statement: | ||||||
4133 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||||
4134 | if (S->getFnParent()) | ||||||
4135 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
4136 | break; | ||||||
4137 | |||||||
4138 | case PCC_Namespace: | ||||||
4139 | case PCC_Class: | ||||||
4140 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||||
4141 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||||
4142 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||||
4143 | case PCC_Template: | ||||||
4144 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||||
4145 | case PCC_ForInit: | ||||||
4146 | case PCC_Condition: | ||||||
4147 | case PCC_Type: | ||||||
4148 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||||
4149 | break; | ||||||
4150 | } | ||||||
4151 | |||||||
4152 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
4153 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||||
4154 | |||||||
4155 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4156 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4157 | } | ||||||
4158 | |||||||
4159 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||
4160 | ParsedType Receiver, | ||||||
4161 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
4162 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, | ||||||
4163 | ResultBuilder &Results); | ||||||
4164 | |||||||
4165 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, | ||||||
4166 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, | ||||||
4167 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { | ||||||
4168 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
4169 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||||
4170 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4171 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
4172 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers | ||||||
4173 | // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we | ||||||
4174 | // need an existing symbol or a new one. | ||||||
4175 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName | ||||||
4176 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName); | ||||||
4177 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4178 | |||||||
4179 | // Type qualifiers can come after names. | ||||||
4180 | Results.AddResult(Result("const")); | ||||||
4181 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile")); | ||||||
4182 | if (getLangOpts().C99) | ||||||
4183 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict")); | ||||||
4184 | |||||||
4185 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
4186 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && | ||||||
4187 | (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || | ||||||
4188 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct)) | ||||||
4189 | Results.AddResult("final"); | ||||||
4190 | |||||||
4191 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers) { | ||||||
4192 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator")); | ||||||
4193 | } | ||||||
4194 | |||||||
4195 | // Add nested-name-specifiers. | ||||||
4196 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { | ||||||
4197 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); | ||||||
4198 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy); | ||||||
4199 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
4200 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, | ||||||
4201 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4202 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4203 | Results.setFilter(nullptr); | ||||||
4204 | } | ||||||
4205 | } | ||||||
4206 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4207 | |||||||
4208 | // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a | ||||||
4209 | // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could | ||||||
4210 | // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with | ||||||
4211 | // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions. | ||||||
4212 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && | ||||||
4213 | DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier && | ||||||
4214 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && | ||||||
4215 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified && | ||||||
4216 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == DeclSpec::TSS_unspecified && | ||||||
4217 | !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S && | ||||||
4218 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 && | ||||||
4219 | (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope | | ||||||
4220 | Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) == | ||||||
4221 | 0) { | ||||||
4222 | ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType(); | ||||||
4223 | if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | ||||||
4224 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results); | ||||||
4225 | } | ||||||
4226 | |||||||
4227 | // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not | ||||||
4228 | // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities. | ||||||
4229 | |||||||
4230 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4231 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4232 | } | ||||||
4233 | |||||||
4234 | struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData { | ||||||
4235 | CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(), | ||||||
4236 | bool IsParenthesized = false) | ||||||
4237 | : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false), | ||||||
4238 | ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {} | ||||||
4239 | |||||||
4240 | QualType PreferredType; | ||||||
4241 | bool IntegralConstantExpression; | ||||||
4242 | bool ObjCCollection; | ||||||
4243 | bool IsParenthesized; | ||||||
4244 | SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls; | ||||||
4245 | }; | ||||||
4246 | |||||||
4247 | namespace { | ||||||
4248 | /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators. | ||||||
4249 | struct CoveredEnumerators { | ||||||
4250 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen; | ||||||
4251 | NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr; | ||||||
4252 | }; | ||||||
4253 | } // namespace | ||||||
4254 | |||||||
4255 | static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
4256 | EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
4257 | const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) { | ||||||
4258 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier; | ||||||
4259 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) { | ||||||
4260 | // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to | ||||||
4261 | // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they | ||||||
4262 | // may not be visible in this scope. | ||||||
4263 | Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum); | ||||||
4264 | } | ||||||
4265 | |||||||
4266 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4267 | for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) { | ||||||
4268 | if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E)) | ||||||
4269 | continue; | ||||||
4270 | |||||||
4271 | CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier); | ||||||
4272 | Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||||
4273 | } | ||||||
4274 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4275 | } | ||||||
4276 | |||||||
4277 | /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g. | ||||||
4278 | /// function pointers, std::function, etc). | ||||||
4279 | static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) { | ||||||
4280 | assert(!T.isNull())((!T.isNull()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "!T.isNull()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 4280, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4281 | // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar. | ||||||
4282 | // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote. | ||||||
4283 | // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl. | ||||||
4284 | if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||
4285 | if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1) | ||||||
4286 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4287 | const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0); | ||||||
4288 | if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) | ||||||
4289 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4290 | return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
4291 | } | ||||||
4292 | // Handle other cases. | ||||||
4293 | if (T->isPointerType()) | ||||||
4294 | T = T->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4295 | return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
4296 | } | ||||||
4297 | |||||||
4298 | /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified | ||||||
4299 | /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names. | ||||||
4300 | static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
4301 | llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters, | ||||||
4302 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
4303 | if (!Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||||
4304 | return; | ||||||
4305 | CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
4306 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
4307 | // [](<parameters>) {} | ||||||
4308 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); | ||||||
4309 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("="); | ||||||
4310 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||||
4311 | if (!Parameters.empty()) { | ||||||
4312 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
4313 | bool First = true; | ||||||
4314 | for (auto Parameter : Parameters) { | ||||||
4315 | if (!First) | ||||||
4316 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma); | ||||||
4317 | else | ||||||
4318 | First = false; | ||||||
4319 | |||||||
4320 | constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!"; | ||||||
4321 | std::string Type = NamePlaceholder; | ||||||
4322 | Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts)); | ||||||
4323 | llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix; | ||||||
4324 | std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder); | ||||||
4325 | Prefix = Prefix.rtrim(); | ||||||
4326 | Suffix = Suffix.ltrim(); | ||||||
4327 | |||||||
4328 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix)); | ||||||
4329 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
4330 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter"); | ||||||
4331 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix)); | ||||||
4332 | }; | ||||||
4333 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
4334 | } | ||||||
4335 | Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
4336 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
4337 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
4338 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body"); | ||||||
4339 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
4340 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
4341 | |||||||
4342 | Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString()); | ||||||
4343 | } | ||||||
4344 | |||||||
4345 | /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what | ||||||
4346 | /// type we're looking for. | ||||||
4347 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, | ||||||
4348 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) { | ||||||
4349 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||||
4350 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4351 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
4352 | CodeCompletionContext( | ||||||
4353 | Data.IsParenthesized | ||||||
4354 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression | ||||||
4355 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, | ||||||
4356 | Data.PreferredType)); | ||||||
4357 | auto PCC = | ||||||
4358 | Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression; | ||||||
4359 | if (Data.ObjCCollection) | ||||||
4360 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection); | ||||||
4361 | else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression) | ||||||
4362 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue); | ||||||
4363 | else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts())) | ||||||
4364 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); | ||||||
4365 | else | ||||||
4366 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); | ||||||
4367 | |||||||
4368 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||||
4369 | Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||
4370 | |||||||
4371 | // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about. | ||||||
4372 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||||
4373 | Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]); | ||||||
4374 | |||||||
4375 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
4376 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
4377 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4378 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4379 | |||||||
4380 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4381 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results); | ||||||
4382 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4383 | |||||||
4384 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false; | ||||||
4385 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) { | ||||||
4386 | PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||
4387 | Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||||
4388 | Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||
4389 | if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
4390 | EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||
4391 | if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) | ||||||
4392 | Enum = Def; | ||||||
4393 | // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like: | ||||||
4394 | // if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {} | ||||||
4395 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators()); | ||||||
4396 | } | ||||||
4397 | } | ||||||
4398 | |||||||
4399 | if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection && | ||||||
4400 | !Data.IntegralConstantExpression) | ||||||
4401 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
4402 | |||||||
4403 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
4404 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false, | ||||||
4405 | PreferredTypeIsPointer); | ||||||
4406 | |||||||
4407 | // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function. | ||||||
4408 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
4409 | if (const FunctionProtoType *F = | ||||||
4410 | TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType)) | ||||||
4411 | AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts()); | ||||||
4412 | } | ||||||
4413 | |||||||
4414 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4415 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4416 | } | ||||||
4417 | |||||||
4418 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, | ||||||
4419 | bool IsParenthesized) { | ||||||
4420 | return CodeCompleteExpression( | ||||||
4421 | S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized)); | ||||||
4422 | } | ||||||
4423 | |||||||
4424 | void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E, | ||||||
4425 | QualType PreferredType) { | ||||||
4426 | if (E.isInvalid()) | ||||||
4427 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); | ||||||
4428 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
4429 | CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false); | ||||||
4430 | } | ||||||
4431 | |||||||
4432 | /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by | ||||||
4433 | /// property name. | ||||||
4434 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet; | ||||||
4435 | |||||||
4436 | /// Retrieve the container definition, if any? | ||||||
4437 | static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) { | ||||||
4438 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
4439 | if (Interface->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
4440 | return Interface->getDefinition(); | ||||||
4441 | |||||||
4442 | return Interface; | ||||||
4443 | } | ||||||
4444 | |||||||
4445 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
4446 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
4447 | return Protocol->getDefinition(); | ||||||
4448 | |||||||
4449 | return Protocol; | ||||||
4450 | } | ||||||
4451 | return Container; | ||||||
4452 | } | ||||||
4453 | |||||||
4454 | /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block | ||||||
4455 | /// declaration \p BD. | ||||||
4456 | static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
4457 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, | ||||||
4458 | const NamedDecl *BD, | ||||||
4459 | const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc, | ||||||
4460 | const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) { | ||||||
4461 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||||
4462 | GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context, | ||||||
4463 | Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); | ||||||
4464 | |||||||
4465 | AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder); | ||||||
4466 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
4467 | |||||||
4468 | if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
4469 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||||
4470 | } else { | ||||||
4471 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
4472 | if (I) | ||||||
4473 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
4474 | |||||||
4475 | // Format the placeholder string. | ||||||
4476 | std::string PlaceholderStr = | ||||||
4477 | FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I)); | ||||||
4478 | |||||||
4479 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc && | ||||||
4480 | BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) | ||||||
4481 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..."; | ||||||
4482 | |||||||
4483 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||||
4484 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||||
4485 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||||
4486 | } | ||||||
4487 | } | ||||||
4488 | |||||||
4489 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
4490 | } | ||||||
4491 | |||||||
4492 | static void | ||||||
4493 | AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||||
4494 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories, | ||||||
4495 | bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
4496 | AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
4497 | bool IsBaseExprStatement = false, | ||||||
4498 | bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) { | ||||||
4499 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
4500 | |||||||
4501 | // Retrieve the definition. | ||||||
4502 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); | ||||||
4503 | |||||||
4504 | // Add properties in this container. | ||||||
4505 | const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) { | ||||||
4506 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||||
4507 | return; | ||||||
4508 | |||||||
4509 | // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement | ||||||
4510 | // expressions. | ||||||
4511 | if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||
4512 | !IsBaseExprStatement) { | ||||||
4513 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); | ||||||
4514 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||||
4515 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
4516 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
4517 | return; | ||||||
4518 | } | ||||||
4519 | |||||||
4520 | // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able | ||||||
4521 | // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block. | ||||||
4522 | FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc; | ||||||
4523 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc; | ||||||
4524 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc, | ||||||
4525 | BlockProtoLoc); | ||||||
4526 | if (!BlockLoc) { | ||||||
4527 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); | ||||||
4528 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||||
4529 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
4530 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
4531 | return; | ||||||
4532 | } | ||||||
4533 | |||||||
4534 | // The default completion result for block properties should be the block | ||||||
4535 | // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement. | ||||||
4536 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
4537 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
4538 | AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(), | ||||||
4539 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P, | ||||||
4540 | BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc); | ||||||
4541 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P)); | ||||||
4542 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||||
4543 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
4544 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
4545 | |||||||
4546 | // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a | ||||||
4547 | // statement and the block property is mutable. | ||||||
4548 | if (!P->isReadOnly()) { | ||||||
4549 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
4550 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
4551 | AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(), | ||||||
4552 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, | ||||||
4553 | CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); | ||||||
4554 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
4555 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName())); | ||||||
4556 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); | ||||||
4557 | |||||||
4558 | std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder( | ||||||
4559 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc, | ||||||
4560 | BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true); | ||||||
4561 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||||
4562 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||||
4563 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||||
4564 | |||||||
4565 | // When completing blocks properties that return void the default | ||||||
4566 | // property completion result should show up before the setter, | ||||||
4567 | // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default | ||||||
4568 | // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the | ||||||
4569 | // call. | ||||||
4570 | Result R = | ||||||
4571 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, | ||||||
4572 | Results.getBasePriority(P) + | ||||||
4573 | (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() | ||||||
4574 | ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter | ||||||
4575 | : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter)); | ||||||
4576 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||||
4577 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
4578 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
4579 | } | ||||||
4580 | }; | ||||||
4581 | |||||||
4582 | if (IsClassProperty) { | ||||||
4583 | for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties()) | ||||||
4584 | AddProperty(P); | ||||||
4585 | } else { | ||||||
4586 | for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties()) | ||||||
4587 | AddProperty(P); | ||||||
4588 | } | ||||||
4589 | |||||||
4590 | // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties | ||||||
4591 | if (AllowNullaryMethods) { | ||||||
4592 | ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext(); | ||||||
4593 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); | ||||||
4594 | // Adds a method result | ||||||
4595 | const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) { | ||||||
4596 | IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); | ||||||
4597 | if (!Name) | ||||||
4598 | return; | ||||||
4599 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second) | ||||||
4600 | return; | ||||||
4601 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
4602 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
4603 | AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); | ||||||
4604 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
4605 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName())); | ||||||
4606 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M, | ||||||
4607 | CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty); | ||||||
4608 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||||
4609 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
4610 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
4611 | }; | ||||||
4612 | |||||||
4613 | if (IsClassProperty) { | ||||||
4614 | for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||||
4615 | // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property | ||||||
4616 | // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't | ||||||
4617 | // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter. | ||||||
4618 | if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() || | ||||||
4619 | M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||||
4620 | continue; | ||||||
4621 | AddMethod(M); | ||||||
4622 | } | ||||||
4623 | } else { | ||||||
4624 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||||
4625 | if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector()) | ||||||
4626 | AddMethod(M); | ||||||
4627 | } | ||||||
4628 | } | ||||||
4629 | } | ||||||
4630 | |||||||
4631 | // Add properties in referenced protocols. | ||||||
4632 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
4633 | for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols()) | ||||||
4634 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||||
4635 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||||
4636 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||||
4637 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||||
4638 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = | ||||||
4639 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
4640 | if (AllowCategories) { | ||||||
4641 | // Look through categories. | ||||||
4642 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories()) | ||||||
4643 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||||
4644 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||||
4645 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||||
4646 | InOriginalClass); | ||||||
4647 | } | ||||||
4648 | |||||||
4649 | // Look through protocols. | ||||||
4650 | for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) | ||||||
4651 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||||
4652 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||||
4653 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||||
4654 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||||
4655 | |||||||
4656 | // Look in the superclass. | ||||||
4657 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) | ||||||
4658 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, | ||||||
4659 | AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties, | ||||||
4660 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||||
4661 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||||
4662 | } else if (const auto *Category = | ||||||
4663 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
4664 | // Look through protocols. | ||||||
4665 | for (auto *P : Category->protocols()) | ||||||
4666 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||||
4667 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||||
4668 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||||
4669 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||||
4670 | } | ||||||
4671 | } | ||||||
4672 | |||||||
4673 | static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults( | ||||||
4674 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType, | ||||||
4675 | ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) { | ||||||
4676 | // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers | ||||||
4677 | // for the base object type. | ||||||
4678 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind); | ||||||
4679 | |||||||
4680 | // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union. | ||||||
4681 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); | ||||||
4682 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; | ||||||
4683 | if (AccessOpFixIt) | ||||||
4684 | FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue()); | ||||||
4685 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts)); | ||||||
4686 | SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer, | ||||||
4687 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4688 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, | ||||||
4689 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4690 | |||||||
4691 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
4692 | if (!Results.empty()) { | ||||||
4693 | // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar. | ||||||
4694 | // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something | ||||||
4695 | // is dependent. | ||||||
4696 | bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType(); | ||||||
4697 | if (!IsDependent) { | ||||||
4698 | for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent()) | ||||||
4699 | if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) { | ||||||
4700 | IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext(); | ||||||
4701 | break; | ||||||
4702 | } | ||||||
4703 | } | ||||||
4704 | |||||||
4705 | if (IsDependent) | ||||||
4706 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template")); | ||||||
4707 | } | ||||||
4708 | } | ||||||
4709 | } | ||||||
4710 | |||||||
4711 | void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, | ||||||
4712 | Expr *OtherOpBase, | ||||||
4713 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, | ||||||
4714 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, | ||||||
4715 | QualType PreferredType) { | ||||||
4716 | if (!Base || !CodeCompleter) | ||||||
4717 | return; | ||||||
4718 | |||||||
4719 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); | ||||||
4720 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) | ||||||
4721 | return; | ||||||
4722 | QualType ConvertedBaseType = ConvertedBase.get()->getType(); | ||||||
4723 | |||||||
4724 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind; | ||||||
4725 | |||||||
4726 | if (IsArrow) { | ||||||
4727 | if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
4728 | ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4729 | } | ||||||
4730 | |||||||
4731 | if (IsArrow) { | ||||||
4732 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess; | ||||||
4733 | } else { | ||||||
4734 | if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||
4735 | ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { | ||||||
4736 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess; | ||||||
4737 | } else { | ||||||
4738 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess; | ||||||
4739 | } | ||||||
4740 | } | ||||||
4741 | |||||||
4742 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType); | ||||||
4743 | CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType); | ||||||
4744 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4745 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, | ||||||
4746 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); | ||||||
4747 | |||||||
4748 | auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, | ||||||
4749 | Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool { | ||||||
4750 | if (!Base) | ||||||
4751 | return false; | ||||||
4752 | |||||||
4753 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); | ||||||
4754 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) | ||||||
4755 | return false; | ||||||
4756 | Base = ConvertedBase.get(); | ||||||
4757 | |||||||
4758 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||||
4759 | ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind(); | ||||||
4760 | |||||||
4761 | if (IsArrow) { | ||||||
4762 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
4763 | BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4764 | BaseKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||
4765 | } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||||
4766 | /*Do nothing*/; | ||||||
4767 | else | ||||||
4768 | return false; | ||||||
4769 | } | ||||||
4770 | |||||||
4771 | if (const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
4772 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, | ||||||
4773 | Record->getDecl(), | ||||||
4774 | std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); | ||||||
4775 | } else if (const auto *TST = | ||||||
4776 | BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||
4777 | TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName(); | ||||||
4778 | if (const auto *TD = | ||||||
4779 | dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl())) { | ||||||
4780 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
4781 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, | ||||||
4782 | RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); | ||||||
4783 | } | ||||||
4784 | } else if (const auto *ICNT = BaseType->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) { | ||||||
4785 | if (auto *RD = ICNT->getDecl()) | ||||||
4786 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, | ||||||
4787 | RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); | ||||||
4788 | } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||
4789 | // Objective-C property reference. | ||||||
4790 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; | ||||||
4791 | |||||||
4792 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = | ||||||
4793 | BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||
4794 | // Add property results based on our interface. | ||||||
4795 | assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!")((ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCPtr && \"Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 4795, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4796 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, | ||||||
4797 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, | ||||||
4798 | AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement); | ||||||
4799 | } | ||||||
4800 | |||||||
4801 | // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface. | ||||||
4802 | for (auto *I : BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals()) | ||||||
4803 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, | ||||||
4804 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||||
4805 | IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false, | ||||||
4806 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||||
4807 | } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || | ||||||
4808 | (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) { | ||||||
4809 | // Objective-C instance variable access. | ||||||
4810 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; | ||||||
4811 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = | ||||||
4812 | BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
4813 | Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||
4814 | else | ||||||
4815 | Class = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); | ||||||
4816 | |||||||
4817 | // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses. | ||||||
4818 | if (Class) { | ||||||
4819 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType); | ||||||
4820 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar); | ||||||
4821 | LookupVisibleDecls( | ||||||
4822 | Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4823 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4824 | } | ||||||
4825 | } | ||||||
4826 | |||||||
4827 | // FIXME: How do we cope with isa? | ||||||
4828 | return true; | ||||||
4829 | }; | ||||||
4830 | |||||||
4831 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4832 | |||||||
4833 | bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None); | ||||||
4834 | if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) { | ||||||
4835 | const CharSourceRange OpRange = | ||||||
4836 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc); | ||||||
4837 | CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion( | ||||||
4838 | OtherOpBase, !IsArrow, | ||||||
4839 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->")); | ||||||
4840 | } | ||||||
4841 | |||||||
4842 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4843 | |||||||
4844 | if (!CompletionSucceded) | ||||||
4845 | return; | ||||||
4846 | |||||||
4847 | // Hand off the results found for code completion. | ||||||
4848 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4849 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4850 | } | ||||||
4851 | |||||||
4852 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, | ||||||
4853 | IdentifierInfo &ClassName, | ||||||
4854 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, | ||||||
4855 | bool IsBaseExprStatement) { | ||||||
4856 | IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName; | ||||||
4857 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc); | ||||||
4858 | if (!IFace) | ||||||
4859 | return; | ||||||
4860 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext( | ||||||
4861 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess); | ||||||
4862 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4863 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, | ||||||
4864 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); | ||||||
4865 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4866 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; | ||||||
4867 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true, | ||||||
4868 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties, | ||||||
4869 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, | ||||||
4870 | /*IsClassProperty=*/true); | ||||||
4871 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4872 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4873 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4874 | } | ||||||
4875 | |||||||
4876 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) { | ||||||
4877 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
4878 | return; | ||||||
4879 | |||||||
4880 | ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr; | ||||||
4881 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind = | ||||||
4882 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; | ||||||
4883 | switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) { | ||||||
4884 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: | ||||||
4885 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum; | ||||||
4886 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag; | ||||||
4887 | break; | ||||||
4888 | |||||||
4889 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: | ||||||
4890 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion; | ||||||
4891 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag; | ||||||
4892 | break; | ||||||
4893 | |||||||
4894 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: | ||||||
4895 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: | ||||||
4896 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: | ||||||
4897 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct; | ||||||
4898 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag; | ||||||
4899 | break; | ||||||
4900 | |||||||
4901 | default: | ||||||
4902 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 4902); | ||||||
4903 | } | ||||||
4904 | |||||||
4905 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4906 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind); | ||||||
4907 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
4908 | |||||||
4909 | // First pass: look for tags. | ||||||
4910 | Results.setFilter(Filter); | ||||||
4911 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer, | ||||||
4912 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4913 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4914 | |||||||
4915 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
4916 | // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers. | ||||||
4917 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); | ||||||
4918 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, | ||||||
4919 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
4920 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
4921 | } | ||||||
4922 | |||||||
4923 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4924 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4925 | } | ||||||
4926 | |||||||
4927 | static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
4928 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||||
4929 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)) | ||||||
4930 | Results.AddResult("const"); | ||||||
4931 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)) | ||||||
4932 | Results.AddResult("volatile"); | ||||||
4933 | if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)) | ||||||
4934 | Results.AddResult("restrict"); | ||||||
4935 | if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)) | ||||||
4936 | Results.AddResult("_Atomic"); | ||||||
4937 | if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)) | ||||||
4938 | Results.AddResult("__unaligned"); | ||||||
4939 | } | ||||||
4940 | |||||||
4941 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) { | ||||||
4942 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4943 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
4944 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); | ||||||
4945 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4946 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); | ||||||
4947 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4948 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4949 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4950 | } | ||||||
4951 | |||||||
4952 | void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, | ||||||
4953 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS) { | ||||||
4954 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
4955 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
4956 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); | ||||||
4957 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
4958 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); | ||||||
4959 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
4960 | Results.AddResult("noexcept"); | ||||||
4961 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::MemberContext && | ||||||
4962 | !D.isCtorOrDtor() && !D.isStaticMember()) { | ||||||
4963 | if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified()) | ||||||
4964 | Results.AddResult("final"); | ||||||
4965 | if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified()) | ||||||
4966 | Results.AddResult("override"); | ||||||
4967 | } | ||||||
4968 | } | ||||||
4969 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
4970 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
4971 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
4972 | } | ||||||
4973 | |||||||
4974 | void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) { | ||||||
4975 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType())); | ||||||
4976 | } | ||||||
4977 | |||||||
4978 | void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) { | ||||||
4979 | if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter) | ||||||
4980 | return; | ||||||
4981 | |||||||
4982 | SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer(); | ||||||
4983 | // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case. | ||||||
4984 | if (!Switch->getCond()) | ||||||
4985 | return; | ||||||
4986 | QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); | ||||||
4987 | if (!type->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
4988 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type); | ||||||
4989 | Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true; | ||||||
4990 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); | ||||||
4991 | return; | ||||||
4992 | } | ||||||
4993 | |||||||
4994 | // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type | ||||||
4995 | // by providing the list of | ||||||
4996 | EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||
4997 | if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) | ||||||
4998 | Enum = Def; | ||||||
4999 | |||||||
5000 | // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement. | ||||||
5001 | // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion | ||||||
5002 | // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not | ||||||
5003 | // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment. | ||||||
5004 | CoveredEnumerators Enumerators; | ||||||
5005 | for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC; | ||||||
5006 | SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) { | ||||||
5007 | CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC); | ||||||
5008 | if (!Case) | ||||||
5009 | continue; | ||||||
5010 | |||||||
5011 | Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||
5012 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal)) | ||||||
5013 | if (auto *Enumerator = | ||||||
5014 | dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | ||||||
5015 | // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which | ||||||
5016 | // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of | ||||||
5017 | // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the | ||||||
5018 | // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not | ||||||
5019 | // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a | ||||||
5020 | // template are type- and value-dependent. | ||||||
5021 | Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator); | ||||||
5022 | |||||||
5023 | // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier | ||||||
5024 | // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g., | ||||||
5025 | // | ||||||
5026 | // switch (TagD.getKind()) { | ||||||
5027 | // case TagDecl::TK_enum: | ||||||
5028 | // break; | ||||||
5029 | // case XXX | ||||||
5030 | // | ||||||
5031 | // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union, | ||||||
5032 | // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union, | ||||||
5033 | // TK_struct, and TK_class. | ||||||
5034 | Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier(); | ||||||
5035 | } | ||||||
5036 | } | ||||||
5037 | |||||||
5038 | // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned. | ||||||
5039 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5040 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5041 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression); | ||||||
5042 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators); | ||||||
5043 | |||||||
5044 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) { | ||||||
5045 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||||
5046 | } | ||||||
5047 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5048 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5049 | } | ||||||
5050 | |||||||
5051 | static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||
5052 | if (Args.size() && !Args.data()) | ||||||
5053 | return true; | ||||||
5054 | |||||||
5055 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I) | ||||||
5056 | if (!Args[I]) | ||||||
5057 | return true; | ||||||
5058 | |||||||
5059 | return false; | ||||||
5060 | } | ||||||
5061 | |||||||
5062 | typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate; | ||||||
5063 | |||||||
5064 | static void mergeCandidatesWithResults( | ||||||
5065 | Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results, | ||||||
5066 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
5067 | // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first. | ||||||
5068 | llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X, | ||||||
5069 | const OverloadCandidate &Y) { | ||||||
5070 | return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc, | ||||||
5071 | CandidateSet.getKind()); | ||||||
5072 | }); | ||||||
5073 | |||||||
5074 | // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results. | ||||||
5075 | for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) { | ||||||
5076 | if (Candidate.Function && Candidate.Function->isDeleted()) | ||||||
5077 | continue; | ||||||
5078 | if (Candidate.Viable) | ||||||
5079 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function)); | ||||||
5080 | } | ||||||
5081 | } | ||||||
5082 | |||||||
5083 | /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload | ||||||
5084 | /// candidates. | ||||||
5085 | static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef, | ||||||
5086 | ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) { | ||||||
5087 | |||||||
5088 | // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments | ||||||
5089 | // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all | ||||||
5090 | // overload candidates. | ||||||
5091 | QualType ParamType; | ||||||
5092 | for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) { | ||||||
5093 | if (const auto *FType = Candidate.getFunctionType()) | ||||||
5094 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FType)) | ||||||
5095 | if (N < Proto->getNumParams()) { | ||||||
5096 | if (ParamType.isNull()) | ||||||
5097 | ParamType = Proto->getParamType(N); | ||||||
5098 | else if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
5099 | ParamType.getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||
5100 | Proto->getParamType(N).getNonReferenceType())) | ||||||
5101 | // Otherwise return a default-constructed QualType. | ||||||
5102 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5103 | } | ||||||
5104 | } | ||||||
5105 | |||||||
5106 | return ParamType; | ||||||
5107 | } | ||||||
5108 | |||||||
5109 | static QualType | ||||||
5110 | ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||
5111 | MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, | ||||||
5112 | unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||||
5113 | if (Candidates.empty()) | ||||||
5114 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5115 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates( | ||||||
5116 | SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc); | ||||||
5117 | return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg); | ||||||
5118 | } | ||||||
5119 | |||||||
5120 | QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||
5121 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
5122 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||||
5123 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5124 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5125 | |||||||
5126 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions. | ||||||
5127 | // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely. | ||||||
5128 | if (!Fn || Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args) || | ||||||
5129 | Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) { | ||||||
5130 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5131 | } | ||||||
5132 | |||||||
5133 | // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find. | ||||||
5134 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
5135 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
5136 | |||||||
5137 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; | ||||||
5138 | |||||||
5139 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||||
5140 | if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||||
5141 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
5142 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||||
5143 | else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { | ||||||
5144 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||
5145 | if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
5146 | UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||
5147 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||
5148 | } | ||||||
5149 | |||||||
5150 | // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit). | ||||||
5151 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs( | ||||||
5152 | 1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase()); | ||||||
5153 | ArgExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||||
5154 | UnresolvedSet<8> Decls; | ||||||
5155 | Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end()); | ||||||
5156 | const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase(); | ||||||
5157 | AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs, | ||||||
5158 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5159 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase); | ||||||
5160 | } else { | ||||||
5161 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | ||||||
5162 | if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||||
5163 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||
5164 | else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||||
5165 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||
5166 | if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration. | ||||||
5167 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||||
5168 | !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
5169 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD)); | ||||||
5170 | else | ||||||
5171 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()), | ||||||
5172 | Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
5173 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5174 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||||
5175 | |||||||
5176 | } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||
5177 | // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function | ||||||
5178 | // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates. | ||||||
5179 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators. | ||||||
5180 | if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) { | ||||||
5181 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||
5182 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); | ||||||
5183 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
5184 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||||
5185 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
5186 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn); | ||||||
5187 | ArgExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||||
5188 | AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet, | ||||||
5189 | /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr, | ||||||
5190 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5191 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||||
5192 | } | ||||||
5193 | } else { | ||||||
5194 | // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or | ||||||
5195 | // function. | ||||||
5196 | QualType T = NakedFn->getType(); | ||||||
5197 | if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull()) | ||||||
5198 | T = T->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5199 | |||||||
5200 | if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||
5201 | if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(), Args.size(), | ||||||
5202 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true) || | ||||||
5203 | FP->isVariadic()) | ||||||
5204 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP)); | ||||||
5205 | } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) | ||||||
5206 | // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function. | ||||||
5207 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT)); | ||||||
5208 | } | ||||||
5209 | } | ||||||
5210 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc); | ||||||
5211 | QualType ParamType = | ||||||
5212 | ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); | ||||||
5213 | return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType(); | ||||||
5214 | } | ||||||
5215 | |||||||
5216 | QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, | ||||||
5217 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
5218 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
5219 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||||
5220 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5221 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5222 | |||||||
5223 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors. | ||||||
5224 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = | ||||||
5225 | isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : nullptr; | ||||||
5226 | if (!RD) | ||||||
5227 | return Type; | ||||||
5228 | |||||||
5229 | // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers. | ||||||
5230 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors. | ||||||
5231 | |||||||
5232 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
5233 | |||||||
5234 | for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(RD)) { | ||||||
5235 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) { | ||||||
5236 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args, | ||||||
5237 | CandidateSet, | ||||||
5238 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5239 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, | ||||||
5240 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
5241 | } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) { | ||||||
5242 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
5243 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()), | ||||||
5244 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
5245 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5246 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||||
5247 | } | ||||||
5248 | } | ||||||
5249 | |||||||
5250 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; | ||||||
5251 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc); | ||||||
5252 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); | ||||||
5253 | } | ||||||
5254 | |||||||
5255 | QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp( | ||||||
5256 | Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, | ||||||
5257 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||||
5258 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5259 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5260 | |||||||
5261 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | ||||||
5262 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl); | ||||||
5263 | if (!Constructor) | ||||||
5264 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5265 | // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well. | ||||||
5266 | if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl( | ||||||
5267 | Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II)) | ||||||
5268 | return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(getCurScope(), MemberDecl->getType(), | ||||||
5269 | MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs, | ||||||
5270 | OpenParLoc); | ||||||
5271 | return QualType(); | ||||||
5272 | } | ||||||
5273 | |||||||
5274 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) { | ||||||
5275 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||||
5276 | if (!VD) { | ||||||
5277 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); | ||||||
5278 | return; | ||||||
5279 | } | ||||||
5280 | |||||||
5281 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; | ||||||
5282 | Data.PreferredType = VD->getType(); | ||||||
5283 | // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'. | ||||||
5284 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD); | ||||||
5285 | |||||||
5286 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); | ||||||
5287 | } | ||||||
5288 | |||||||
5289 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5290 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5291 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5292 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement)); | ||||||
5293 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); | ||||||
5294 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5295 | |||||||
5296 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
5297 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5298 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
5299 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
5300 | |||||||
5301 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results); | ||||||
5302 | |||||||
5303 | // "else" block | ||||||
5304 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5305 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5306 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else"); | ||||||
5307 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
5308 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5309 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
5310 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
5311 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
5312 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
5313 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5314 | } | ||||||
5315 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
5316 | |||||||
5317 | // "else if" block | ||||||
5318 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if"); | ||||||
5319 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5320 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5321 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
5322 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
5323 | else | ||||||
5324 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
5325 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5326 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
5327 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5328 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
5329 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
5330 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
5331 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
5332 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5333 | } | ||||||
5334 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
5335 | |||||||
5336 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5337 | |||||||
5338 | if (S->getFnParent()) | ||||||
5339 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
5340 | |||||||
5341 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
5342 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||||
5343 | |||||||
5344 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5345 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5346 | } | ||||||
5347 | |||||||
5348 | void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||
5349 | bool EnteringContext, | ||||||
5350 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, | ||||||
5351 | QualType PreferredType) { | ||||||
5352 | if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5353 | return; | ||||||
5354 | |||||||
5355 | CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType); | ||||||
5356 | CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration); | ||||||
5357 | CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS); | ||||||
5358 | |||||||
5359 | // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope | ||||||
5360 | // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since | ||||||
5361 | // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about | ||||||
5362 | // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST. | ||||||
5363 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
5364 | // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current | ||||||
5365 | // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to | ||||||
5366 | // guess what the specified scope is. | ||||||
5367 | ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5368 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); | ||||||
5369 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||||
5370 | DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType); | ||||||
5371 | if (S->getEntity()) { | ||||||
5372 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(), | ||||||
5373 | BaseType); | ||||||
5374 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5375 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false, | ||||||
5376 | /*LoadExternal=*/false); | ||||||
5377 | } | ||||||
5378 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, | ||||||
5379 | DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0); | ||||||
5380 | return; | ||||||
5381 | } | ||||||
5382 | // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type | ||||||
5383 | // resolves to a dependent record. | ||||||
5384 | DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true); | ||||||
5385 | if (!Ctx) | ||||||
5386 | return; | ||||||
5387 | |||||||
5388 | // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before | ||||||
5389 | // we look in them. | ||||||
5390 | if (!isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS) && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx)) | ||||||
5391 | return; | ||||||
5392 | |||||||
5393 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5394 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); | ||||||
5395 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||||
5396 | Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType); | ||||||
5397 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5398 | |||||||
5399 | // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only | ||||||
5400 | // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent. | ||||||
5401 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); | ||||||
5402 | if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent()) | ||||||
5403 | Results.AddResult("template"); | ||||||
5404 | |||||||
5405 | // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any. | ||||||
5406 | // | ||||||
5407 | // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually | ||||||
5408 | // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with | ||||||
5409 | // qualified-id completions. | ||||||
5410 | if (!EnteringContext) | ||||||
5411 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results); | ||||||
5412 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5413 | |||||||
5414 | if (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || | ||||||
5415 | (!Ctx->isNamespace() && !Ctx->isTranslationUnit())) { | ||||||
5416 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType); | ||||||
5417 | LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5418 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true, | ||||||
5419 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, | ||||||
5420 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
5421 | } | ||||||
5422 | |||||||
5423 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5424 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5425 | } | ||||||
5426 | |||||||
5427 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5428 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5429 | return; | ||||||
5430 | |||||||
5431 | // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we | ||||||
5432 | // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case. | ||||||
5433 | CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName); | ||||||
5434 | Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true); | ||||||
5435 | |||||||
5436 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5437 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context, | ||||||
5438 | &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); | ||||||
5439 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5440 | |||||||
5441 | // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword. | ||||||
5442 | if (!S->isClassScope()) | ||||||
5443 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace")); | ||||||
5444 | |||||||
5445 | // After "using", we can see anything that would start a | ||||||
5446 | // nested-name-specifier. | ||||||
5447 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
5448 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5449 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
5450 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
5451 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5452 | |||||||
5453 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5454 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5455 | } | ||||||
5456 | |||||||
5457 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5458 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5459 | return; | ||||||
5460 | |||||||
5461 | // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace | ||||||
5462 | // alias. | ||||||
5463 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5464 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5465 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, | ||||||
5466 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); | ||||||
5467 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5468 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
5469 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5470 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
5471 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
5472 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5473 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5474 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5475 | } | ||||||
5476 | |||||||
5477 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5478 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5479 | return; | ||||||
5480 | |||||||
5481 | DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); | ||||||
5482 | if (!S->getParent()) | ||||||
5483 | Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
5484 | |||||||
5485 | bool SuppressedGlobalResults = | ||||||
5486 | Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx); | ||||||
5487 | |||||||
5488 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5489 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5490 | SuppressedGlobalResults | ||||||
5491 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace | ||||||
5492 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, | ||||||
5493 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace); | ||||||
5494 | |||||||
5495 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) { | ||||||
5496 | // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined | ||||||
5497 | // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an | ||||||
5498 | // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent | ||||||
5499 | // definition of each namespace. | ||||||
5500 | std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest; | ||||||
5501 | for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl> | ||||||
5502 | NS(Ctx->decls_begin()), | ||||||
5503 | NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end()); | ||||||
5504 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) | ||||||
5505 | OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS; | ||||||
5506 | |||||||
5507 | // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each | ||||||
5508 | // namespace to the list of results. | ||||||
5509 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5510 | for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator | ||||||
5511 | NS = OrigToLatest.begin(), | ||||||
5512 | NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end(); | ||||||
5513 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) | ||||||
5514 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
5515 | CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second), | ||||||
5516 | nullptr), | ||||||
5517 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||||
5518 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5519 | } | ||||||
5520 | |||||||
5521 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5522 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5523 | } | ||||||
5524 | |||||||
5525 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5526 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5527 | return; | ||||||
5528 | |||||||
5529 | // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias. | ||||||
5530 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5531 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5532 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, | ||||||
5533 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); | ||||||
5534 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
5535 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5536 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
5537 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
5538 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5539 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5540 | } | ||||||
5541 | |||||||
5542 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5543 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
5544 | return; | ||||||
5545 | |||||||
5546 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
5547 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5548 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5549 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type, | ||||||
5550 | &ResultBuilder::IsType); | ||||||
5551 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5552 | |||||||
5553 | // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not | ||||||
5554 | // actually overloadable. | ||||||
5555 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | ||||||
5556 | if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional) \ | ||||||
5557 | Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling)); | ||||||
5558 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | ||||||
5559 | |||||||
5560 | // Add any type names visible from the current scope | ||||||
5561 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); | ||||||
5562 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
5563 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
5564 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
5565 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
5566 | |||||||
5567 | // Add any type specifiers | ||||||
5568 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||||
5569 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5570 | |||||||
5571 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5572 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5573 | } | ||||||
5574 | |||||||
5575 | void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( | ||||||
5576 | Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) { | ||||||
5577 | if (!ConstructorD) | ||||||
5578 | return; | ||||||
5579 | |||||||
5580 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD); | ||||||
5581 | |||||||
5582 | auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD); | ||||||
5583 | if (!Constructor) | ||||||
5584 | return; | ||||||
5585 | |||||||
5586 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5587 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5588 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol); | ||||||
5589 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5590 | |||||||
5591 | // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes. | ||||||
5592 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields; | ||||||
5593 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases; | ||||||
5594 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
5595 | if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer()) | ||||||
5596 | InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType( | ||||||
5597 | QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0))); | ||||||
5598 | else | ||||||
5599 | InitializedFields.insert( | ||||||
5600 | cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember())); | ||||||
5601 | } | ||||||
5602 | |||||||
5603 | // Add completions for base classes. | ||||||
5604 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); | ||||||
5605 | bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty(); | ||||||
5606 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent(); | ||||||
5607 | |||||||
5608 | auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) { | ||||||
5609 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5610 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5611 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name); | ||||||
5612 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5613 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
5614 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder); | ||||||
5615 | else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
5616 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||||
5617 | Builder); | ||||||
5618 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5619 | return Builder.TakeString(); | ||||||
5620 | }; | ||||||
5621 | auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type, | ||||||
5622 | const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||||
5623 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5624 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5625 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name); | ||||||
5626 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5627 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type); | ||||||
5628 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5629 | if (ND) { | ||||||
5630 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult( | ||||||
5631 | Builder.TakeString(), ND, | ||||||
5632 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration); | ||||||
5633 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND)) | ||||||
5634 | CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef; | ||||||
5635 | return Results.AddResult(CCR); | ||||||
5636 | } | ||||||
5637 | return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( | ||||||
5638 | Builder.TakeString(), | ||||||
5639 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration)); | ||||||
5640 | }; | ||||||
5641 | auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority, | ||||||
5642 | const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) { | ||||||
5643 | if (!RD) | ||||||
5644 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, | ||||||
5645 | FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
5646 | FD->getType().getAsString(Policy)) | ||||||
5647 | : Name, | ||||||
5648 | FD); | ||||||
5649 | auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD); | ||||||
5650 | if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end()) | ||||||
5651 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD); | ||||||
5652 | for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) { | ||||||
5653 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority); | ||||||
5654 | CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor); | ||||||
5655 | Results.AddResult(CCR); | ||||||
5656 | } | ||||||
5657 | }; | ||||||
5658 | auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) { | ||||||
5659 | const char *BaseName = | ||||||
5660 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy)); | ||||||
5661 | const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
5662 | AddCtorsWithName( | ||||||
5663 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, | ||||||
5664 | BaseName, nullptr); | ||||||
5665 | }; | ||||||
5666 | auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) { | ||||||
5667 | const char *FieldName = | ||||||
5668 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName()); | ||||||
5669 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||
5670 | AddCtorsWithName( | ||||||
5671 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, | ||||||
5672 | FieldName, FD); | ||||||
5673 | }; | ||||||
5674 | |||||||
5675 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) { | ||||||
5676 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) | ||||||
5677 | .second) { | ||||||
5678 | SawLastInitializer = | ||||||
5679 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && | ||||||
5680 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
5681 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); | ||||||
5682 | continue; | ||||||
5683 | } | ||||||
5684 | |||||||
5685 | AddBase(Base); | ||||||
5686 | SawLastInitializer = false; | ||||||
5687 | } | ||||||
5688 | |||||||
5689 | // Add completions for virtual base classes. | ||||||
5690 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) { | ||||||
5691 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) | ||||||
5692 | .second) { | ||||||
5693 | SawLastInitializer = | ||||||
5694 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && | ||||||
5695 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
5696 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); | ||||||
5697 | continue; | ||||||
5698 | } | ||||||
5699 | |||||||
5700 | AddBase(Base); | ||||||
5701 | SawLastInitializer = false; | ||||||
5702 | } | ||||||
5703 | |||||||
5704 | // Add completions for members. | ||||||
5705 | for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) { | ||||||
5706 | if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl())) | ||||||
5707 | .second) { | ||||||
5708 | SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() && | ||||||
5709 | Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() && | ||||||
5710 | Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field; | ||||||
5711 | continue; | ||||||
5712 | } | ||||||
5713 | |||||||
5714 | if (!Field->getDeclName()) | ||||||
5715 | continue; | ||||||
5716 | |||||||
5717 | AddField(Field); | ||||||
5718 | SawLastInitializer = false; | ||||||
5719 | } | ||||||
5720 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5721 | |||||||
5722 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5723 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5724 | } | ||||||
5725 | |||||||
5726 | /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace. | ||||||
5727 | static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5728 | DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity(); | ||||||
5729 | if (!DC) | ||||||
5730 | return false; | ||||||
5731 | |||||||
5732 | return DC->isFileContext(); | ||||||
5733 | } | ||||||
5734 | |||||||
5735 | void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, | ||||||
5736 | bool AfterAmpersand) { | ||||||
5737 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5738 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5739 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
5740 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5741 | |||||||
5742 | // Note what has already been captured. | ||||||
5743 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known; | ||||||
5744 | bool IncludedThis = false; | ||||||
5745 | for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) { | ||||||
5746 | if (C.Kind == LCK_This) { | ||||||
5747 | IncludedThis = true; | ||||||
5748 | continue; | ||||||
5749 | } | ||||||
5750 | |||||||
5751 | Known.insert(C.Id); | ||||||
5752 | } | ||||||
5753 | |||||||
5754 | // Look for other capturable variables. | ||||||
5755 | for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) { | ||||||
5756 | for (const auto *D : S->decls()) { | ||||||
5757 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||||
5758 | if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | ||||||
5759 | continue; | ||||||
5760 | |||||||
5761 | if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||||
5762 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration), | ||||||
5763 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||||
5764 | } | ||||||
5765 | } | ||||||
5766 | |||||||
5767 | // Add 'this', if it would be valid. | ||||||
5768 | if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy) | ||||||
5769 | addThisCompletion(*this, Results); | ||||||
5770 | |||||||
5771 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5772 | |||||||
5773 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5774 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5775 | } | ||||||
5776 | |||||||
5777 | /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via | ||||||
5778 | /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false. | ||||||
5779 | #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword)((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) | ||||||
5780 | |||||||
5781 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
5782 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||||
5783 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
5784 | // Since we have an implementation, we can end it. | ||||||
5785 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")((NeedAt) ? "@" "end" : "end"))); | ||||||
5786 | |||||||
5787 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5788 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5789 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { | ||||||
5790 | // @dynamic | ||||||
5791 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic")((NeedAt) ? "@" "dynamic" : "dynamic")); | ||||||
5792 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5793 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property"); | ||||||
5794 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5795 | |||||||
5796 | // @synthesize | ||||||
5797 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize")((NeedAt) ? "@" "synthesize" : "synthesize")); | ||||||
5798 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5799 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property"); | ||||||
5800 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5801 | } | ||||||
5802 | } | ||||||
5803 | |||||||
5804 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
5805 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||||
5806 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
5807 | |||||||
5808 | // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it. | ||||||
5809 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")((NeedAt) ? "@" "end" : "end"))); | ||||||
5810 | |||||||
5811 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { | ||||||
5812 | // @property | ||||||
5813 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property")((NeedAt) ? "@" "property" : "property"))); | ||||||
5814 | |||||||
5815 | // @required | ||||||
5816 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required")((NeedAt) ? "@" "required" : "required"))); | ||||||
5817 | |||||||
5818 | // @optional | ||||||
5819 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional")((NeedAt) ? "@" "optional" : "optional"))); | ||||||
5820 | } | ||||||
5821 | } | ||||||
5822 | |||||||
5823 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||||
5824 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
5825 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5826 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5827 | |||||||
5828 | // @class name ; | ||||||
5829 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class")((NeedAt) ? "@" "class" : "class")); | ||||||
5830 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5831 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||||
5832 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5833 | |||||||
5834 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
5835 | // @interface name | ||||||
5836 | // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and | ||||||
5837 | // such. | ||||||
5838 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface")((NeedAt) ? "@" "interface" : "interface")); | ||||||
5839 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5840 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class"); | ||||||
5841 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5842 | |||||||
5843 | // @protocol name | ||||||
5844 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protocol" : "protocol")); | ||||||
5845 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5846 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol"); | ||||||
5847 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5848 | |||||||
5849 | // @implementation name | ||||||
5850 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation")((NeedAt) ? "@" "implementation" : "implementation")); | ||||||
5851 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5852 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class"); | ||||||
5853 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5854 | } | ||||||
5855 | |||||||
5856 | // @compatibility_alias name | ||||||
5857 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
5858 | OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias")((NeedAt) ? "@" "compatibility_alias" : "compatibility_alias" )); | ||||||
5859 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5860 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias"); | ||||||
5861 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5862 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class"); | ||||||
5863 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5864 | |||||||
5865 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) { | ||||||
5866 | // @import name | ||||||
5867 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import")((NeedAt) ? "@" "import" : "import")); | ||||||
5868 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5869 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module"); | ||||||
5870 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5871 | } | ||||||
5872 | } | ||||||
5873 | |||||||
5874 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) { | ||||||
5875 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
5876 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
5877 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
5878 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
5879 | if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
5880 | AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); | ||||||
5881 | else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) | ||||||
5882 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); | ||||||
5883 | else | ||||||
5884 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false); | ||||||
5885 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
5886 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
5887 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
5888 | } | ||||||
5889 | |||||||
5890 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||||
5891 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
5892 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5893 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5894 | |||||||
5895 | // @encode ( type-name ) | ||||||
5896 | const char *EncodeType = "char[]"; | ||||||
5897 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||||
5898 | Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings) | ||||||
5899 | EncodeType = "const char[]"; | ||||||
5900 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType); | ||||||
5901 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode")((NeedAt) ? "@" "encode" : "encode")); | ||||||
5902 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5903 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name"); | ||||||
5904 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5905 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5906 | |||||||
5907 | // @protocol ( protocol-name ) | ||||||
5908 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *"); | ||||||
5909 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protocol" : "protocol")); | ||||||
5910 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5911 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name"); | ||||||
5912 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5913 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5914 | |||||||
5915 | // @selector ( selector ) | ||||||
5916 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL"); | ||||||
5917 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector")((NeedAt) ? "@" "selector" : "selector")); | ||||||
5918 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5919 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector"); | ||||||
5920 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5921 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5922 | |||||||
5923 | // @"string" | ||||||
5924 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *"); | ||||||
5925 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\"")((NeedAt) ? "@" "\"" : "\"")); | ||||||
5926 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string"); | ||||||
5927 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
5928 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5929 | |||||||
5930 | // @[objects, ...] | ||||||
5931 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||||
5932 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "[")((NeedAt) ? "@" "[" : "[")); | ||||||
5933 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ..."); | ||||||
5934 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||||
5935 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5936 | |||||||
5937 | // @{key : object, ...} | ||||||
5938 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *"); | ||||||
5939 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{")((NeedAt) ? "@" "{" : "{")); | ||||||
5940 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key"); | ||||||
5941 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
5942 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5943 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ..."); | ||||||
5944 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5945 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5946 | |||||||
5947 | // @(expression) | ||||||
5948 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id"); | ||||||
5949 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "(")((NeedAt) ? "@" "(" : "(")); | ||||||
5950 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
5951 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5952 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5953 | } | ||||||
5954 | |||||||
5955 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||||
5956 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
5957 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
5958 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
5959 | |||||||
5960 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
5961 | // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally | ||||||
5962 | // { statements } | ||||||
5963 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try")((NeedAt) ? "@" "try" : "try")); | ||||||
5964 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
5965 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
5966 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5967 | Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch"); | ||||||
5968 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5969 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter"); | ||||||
5970 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5971 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
5972 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
5973 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5974 | Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally"); | ||||||
5975 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
5976 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
5977 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5978 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5979 | } | ||||||
5980 | |||||||
5981 | // @throw | ||||||
5982 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw")((NeedAt) ? "@" "throw" : "throw")); | ||||||
5983 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5984 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
5985 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5986 | |||||||
5987 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
5988 | // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements } | ||||||
5989 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized")((NeedAt) ? "@" "synchronized" : "synchronized")); | ||||||
5990 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
5991 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
5992 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
5993 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
5994 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
5995 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
5996 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
5997 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
5998 | } | ||||||
5999 | } | ||||||
6000 | |||||||
6001 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||||
6002 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||||
6003 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
6004 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private")((NeedAt) ? "@" "private" : "private"))); | ||||||
6005 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protected" : "protected"))); | ||||||
6006 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public")((NeedAt) ? "@" "public" : "public"))); | ||||||
6007 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) | ||||||
6008 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package")((NeedAt) ? "@" "package" : "package"))); | ||||||
6009 | } | ||||||
6010 | |||||||
6011 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) { | ||||||
6012 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6013 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6014 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
6015 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6016 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); | ||||||
6017 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6018 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6019 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6020 | } | ||||||
6021 | |||||||
6022 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) { | ||||||
6023 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6024 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6025 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
6026 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6027 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false); | ||||||
6028 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false); | ||||||
6029 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6030 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6031 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6032 | } | ||||||
6033 | |||||||
6034 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) { | ||||||
6035 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6036 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6037 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
6038 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6039 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false); | ||||||
6040 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6041 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6042 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6043 | } | ||||||
6044 | |||||||
6045 | /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C | ||||||
6046 | /// property's attributes will cause a conflict. | ||||||
6047 | static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) { | ||||||
6048 | // Check if we've already added this flag. | ||||||
6049 | if (Attributes & NewFlag) | ||||||
6050 | return true; | ||||||
6051 | |||||||
6052 | Attributes |= NewFlag; | ||||||
6053 | |||||||
6054 | // Check for collisions with "readonly". | ||||||
6055 | if ((Attributes & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readonly) && | ||||||
6056 | (Attributes & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readwrite)) | ||||||
6057 | return true; | ||||||
6058 | |||||||
6059 | // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }. | ||||||
6060 | unsigned AssignCopyRetMask = | ||||||
6061 | Attributes & | ||||||
6062 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_assign | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained | | ||||||
6063 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_copy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_retain | | ||||||
6064 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_strong | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_weak); | ||||||
6065 | if (AssignCopyRetMask && AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_assign && | ||||||
6066 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained && | ||||||
6067 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_copy && | ||||||
6068 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_retain && | ||||||
6069 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_strong && | ||||||
6070 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_weak) | ||||||
6071 | return true; | ||||||
6072 | |||||||
6073 | return false; | ||||||
6074 | } | ||||||
6075 | |||||||
6076 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) { | ||||||
6077 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||||
6078 | return; | ||||||
6079 | |||||||
6080 | unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes(); | ||||||
6081 | |||||||
6082 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6083 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6084 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
6085 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6086 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readonly)) | ||||||
6087 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly")); | ||||||
6088 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_assign)) | ||||||
6089 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign")); | ||||||
6090 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, | ||||||
6091 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained)) | ||||||
6092 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained")); | ||||||
6093 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readwrite)) | ||||||
6094 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite")); | ||||||
6095 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_retain)) | ||||||
6096 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain")); | ||||||
6097 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_strong)) | ||||||
6098 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong")); | ||||||
6099 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_copy)) | ||||||
6100 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy")); | ||||||
6101 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_nonatomic)) | ||||||
6102 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic")); | ||||||
6103 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_atomic)) | ||||||
6104 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic")); | ||||||
6105 | |||||||
6106 | // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC. | ||||||
6107 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) | ||||||
6108 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_weak)) | ||||||
6109 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak")); | ||||||
6110 | |||||||
6111 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_setter)) { | ||||||
6112 | CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
6113 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
6114 | Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter"); | ||||||
6115 | Setter.AddTextChunk("="); | ||||||
6116 | Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method"); | ||||||
6117 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString())); | ||||||
6118 | } | ||||||
6119 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_getter)) { | ||||||
6120 | CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
6121 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
6122 | Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter"); | ||||||
6123 | Getter.AddTextChunk("="); | ||||||
6124 | Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method"); | ||||||
6125 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString())); | ||||||
6126 | } | ||||||
6127 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_nullability)) { | ||||||
6128 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull")); | ||||||
6129 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable")); | ||||||
6130 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified")); | ||||||
6131 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable")); | ||||||
6132 | } | ||||||
6133 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6134 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6135 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6136 | } | ||||||
6137 | |||||||
6138 | /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find | ||||||
6139 | /// via code completion. | ||||||
6140 | enum ObjCMethodKind { | ||||||
6141 | MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria. | ||||||
6142 | MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector. | ||||||
6143 | MK_OneArgSelector ///< One-argument selector. | ||||||
6144 | }; | ||||||
6145 | |||||||
6146 | static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, | ||||||
6147 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6148 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { | ||||||
6149 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); | ||||||
6150 | if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs()) | ||||||
6151 | return false; | ||||||
6152 | |||||||
6153 | switch (WantKind) { | ||||||
6154 | case MK_Any: | ||||||
6155 | break; | ||||||
6156 | case MK_ZeroArgSelector: | ||||||
6157 | return Sel.isUnarySelector(); | ||||||
6158 | case MK_OneArgSelector: | ||||||
6159 | return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1; | ||||||
6160 | } | ||||||
6161 | |||||||
6162 | if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs()) | ||||||
6163 | return false; | ||||||
6164 | |||||||
6165 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I) | ||||||
6166 | if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I)) | ||||||
6167 | return false; | ||||||
6168 | |||||||
6169 | return true; | ||||||
6170 | } | ||||||
6171 | |||||||
6172 | static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||
6173 | ObjCMethodKind WantKind, | ||||||
6174 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6175 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { | ||||||
6176 | return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents, | ||||||
6177 | AllowSameLength); | ||||||
6178 | } | ||||||
6179 | |||||||
6180 | /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple | ||||||
6181 | /// completions with the same selector into the result set. | ||||||
6182 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet; | ||||||
6183 | |||||||
6184 | /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C | ||||||
6185 | /// container to the set of results. | ||||||
6186 | /// | ||||||
6187 | /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of | ||||||
6188 | /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from | ||||||
6189 | /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and | ||||||
6190 | /// implementations. | ||||||
6191 | /// | ||||||
6192 | /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods. | ||||||
6193 | /// | ||||||
6194 | /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if | ||||||
6195 | /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only). | ||||||
6196 | /// | ||||||
6197 | /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that | ||||||
6198 | /// finds methods. | ||||||
6199 | /// | ||||||
6200 | /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list | ||||||
6201 | /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers. | ||||||
6202 | /// | ||||||
6203 | /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results. | ||||||
6204 | static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container, | ||||||
6205 | bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, | ||||||
6206 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6207 | DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
6208 | VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength, | ||||||
6209 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true, | ||||||
6210 | bool IsRootClass = false) { | ||||||
6211 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
6212 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); | ||||||
6213 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container); | ||||||
6214 | IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass()); | ||||||
6215 | for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||||
6216 | // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the | ||||||
6217 | // metaclass. | ||||||
6218 | if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods || | ||||||
6219 | (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) { | ||||||
6220 | // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a | ||||||
6221 | // subset of the identifiers for this particular method. | ||||||
6222 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength)) | ||||||
6223 | continue; | ||||||
6224 | |||||||
6225 | if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second) | ||||||
6226 | continue; | ||||||
6227 | |||||||
6228 | Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr); | ||||||
6229 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||||
6230 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any); | ||||||
6231 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||||
6232 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
6233 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
6234 | } | ||||||
6235 | } | ||||||
6236 | |||||||
6237 | // Visit the protocols of protocols. | ||||||
6238 | if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
6239 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) { | ||||||
6240 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||||
6241 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||||
6242 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||||
6243 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||||
6244 | I != E; ++I) | ||||||
6245 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||||
6246 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); | ||||||
6247 | } | ||||||
6248 | } | ||||||
6249 | |||||||
6250 | if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
6251 | return; | ||||||
6252 | |||||||
6253 | // Add methods in protocols. | ||||||
6254 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols()) | ||||||
6255 | AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||||
6256 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); | ||||||
6257 | |||||||
6258 | // Add methods in categories. | ||||||
6259 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) { | ||||||
6260 | AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, | ||||||
6261 | CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, | ||||||
6262 | InOriginalClass, IsRootClass); | ||||||
6263 | |||||||
6264 | // Add a categories protocol methods. | ||||||
6265 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||||
6266 | CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||||
6267 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||||
6268 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||||
6269 | I != E; ++I) | ||||||
6270 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||||
6271 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); | ||||||
6272 | |||||||
6273 | // Add methods in category implementations. | ||||||
6274 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation()) | ||||||
6275 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||||
6276 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, | ||||||
6277 | IsRootClass); | ||||||
6278 | } | ||||||
6279 | |||||||
6280 | // Add methods in superclass. | ||||||
6281 | // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes. | ||||||
6282 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) | ||||||
6283 | AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, | ||||||
6284 | SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, | ||||||
6285 | /*IsRootClass=*/false); | ||||||
6286 | |||||||
6287 | // Add methods in our implementation, if any. | ||||||
6288 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation()) | ||||||
6289 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||||
6290 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, | ||||||
6291 | IsRootClass); | ||||||
6292 | } | ||||||
6293 | |||||||
6294 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) { | ||||||
6295 | // Try to find the interface where getters might live. | ||||||
6296 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
6297 | if (!Class) { | ||||||
6298 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||||
6299 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
6300 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
6301 | |||||||
6302 | if (!Class) | ||||||
6303 | return; | ||||||
6304 | } | ||||||
6305 | |||||||
6306 | // Find all of the potential getters. | ||||||
6307 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6308 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6309 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
6310 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6311 | |||||||
6312 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||||
6313 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||||
6314 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); | ||||||
6315 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6316 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6317 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6318 | } | ||||||
6319 | |||||||
6320 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) { | ||||||
6321 | // Try to find the interface where setters might live. | ||||||
6322 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
6323 | if (!Class) { | ||||||
6324 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||||
6325 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
6326 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
6327 | |||||||
6328 | if (!Class) | ||||||
6329 | return; | ||||||
6330 | } | ||||||
6331 | |||||||
6332 | // Find all of the potential getters. | ||||||
6333 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6334 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6335 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
6336 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6337 | |||||||
6338 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||||
6339 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||||
6340 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); | ||||||
6341 | |||||||
6342 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6343 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6344 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6345 | } | ||||||
6346 | |||||||
6347 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, | ||||||
6348 | bool IsParameter) { | ||||||
6349 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6350 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6351 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type); | ||||||
6352 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6353 | |||||||
6354 | // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords. | ||||||
6355 | bool AddedInOut = false; | ||||||
6356 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & | ||||||
6357 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { | ||||||
6358 | Results.AddResult("in"); | ||||||
6359 | Results.AddResult("inout"); | ||||||
6360 | AddedInOut = true; | ||||||
6361 | } | ||||||
6362 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & | ||||||
6363 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { | ||||||
6364 | Results.AddResult("out"); | ||||||
6365 | if (!AddedInOut) | ||||||
6366 | Results.AddResult("inout"); | ||||||
6367 | } | ||||||
6368 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & | ||||||
6369 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref | | ||||||
6370 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) { | ||||||
6371 | Results.AddResult("bycopy"); | ||||||
6372 | Results.AddResult("byref"); | ||||||
6373 | Results.AddResult("oneway"); | ||||||
6374 | } | ||||||
6375 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) { | ||||||
6376 | Results.AddResult("nonnull"); | ||||||
6377 | Results.AddResult("nullable"); | ||||||
6378 | Results.AddResult("null_unspecified"); | ||||||
6379 | } | ||||||
6380 | |||||||
6381 | // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the | ||||||
6382 | // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for | ||||||
6383 | // an action, e.g., | ||||||
6384 | // IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender | ||||||
6385 | if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter && | ||||||
6386 | PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction")) { | ||||||
6387 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
6388 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6389 | CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available); | ||||||
6390 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction"); | ||||||
6391 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
6392 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector"); | ||||||
6393 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||||
6394 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
6395 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id"); | ||||||
6396 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
6397 | Builder.AddTextChunk("sender"); | ||||||
6398 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
6399 | } | ||||||
6400 | |||||||
6401 | // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'. | ||||||
6402 | if (!IsParameter) { | ||||||
6403 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype")); | ||||||
6404 | } | ||||||
6405 | |||||||
6406 | // Add various builtin type names and specifiers. | ||||||
6407 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results); | ||||||
6408 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6409 | |||||||
6410 | // Add the various type names | ||||||
6411 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); | ||||||
6412 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
6413 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
6414 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
6415 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
6416 | |||||||
6417 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
6418 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||||
6419 | |||||||
6420 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6421 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6422 | } | ||||||
6423 | |||||||
6424 | /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume | ||||||
6425 | /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of | ||||||
6426 | /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type, | ||||||
6427 | /// or NULL if no better result could be determined. | ||||||
6428 | static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) { | ||||||
6429 | auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E); | ||||||
6430 | if (!Msg) | ||||||
6431 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6432 | |||||||
6433 | Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector(); | ||||||
6434 | if (Sel.isNull()) | ||||||
6435 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6436 | |||||||
6437 | IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); | ||||||
6438 | if (!Id) | ||||||
6439 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6440 | |||||||
6441 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||
6442 | if (!Method) | ||||||
6443 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6444 | |||||||
6445 | // Determine the class that we're sending the message to. | ||||||
6446 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; | ||||||
6447 | switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) { | ||||||
6448 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Class: | ||||||
6449 | if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType = | ||||||
6450 | Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||||
6451 | IFace = ObjType->getInterface(); | ||||||
6452 | break; | ||||||
6453 | |||||||
6454 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: { | ||||||
6455 | QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType(); | ||||||
6456 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
6457 | IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||
6458 | break; | ||||||
6459 | } | ||||||
6460 | |||||||
6461 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance: | ||||||
6462 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass: | ||||||
6463 | break; | ||||||
6464 | } | ||||||
6465 | |||||||
6466 | if (!IFace) | ||||||
6467 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6468 | |||||||
6469 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
6470 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||||
6471 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) | ||||||
6472 | .Case("retain", IFace) | ||||||
6473 | .Case("strong", IFace) | ||||||
6474 | .Case("autorelease", IFace) | ||||||
6475 | .Case("copy", IFace) | ||||||
6476 | .Case("copyWithZone", IFace) | ||||||
6477 | .Case("mutableCopy", IFace) | ||||||
6478 | .Case("mutableCopyWithZone", IFace) | ||||||
6479 | .Case("awakeFromCoder", IFace) | ||||||
6480 | .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder", IFace) | ||||||
6481 | .Case("class", IFace) | ||||||
6482 | .Case("classForCoder", IFace) | ||||||
6483 | .Case("superclass", Super) | ||||||
6484 | .Default(nullptr); | ||||||
6485 | |||||||
6486 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) | ||||||
6487 | .Case("new", IFace) | ||||||
6488 | .Case("alloc", IFace) | ||||||
6489 | .Case("allocWithZone", IFace) | ||||||
6490 | .Case("class", IFace) | ||||||
6491 | .Case("superclass", Super) | ||||||
6492 | .Default(nullptr); | ||||||
6493 | } | ||||||
6494 | |||||||
6495 | // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the | ||||||
6496 | // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass | ||||||
6497 | // function. | ||||||
6498 | /// | ||||||
6499 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object. | ||||||
6500 | /// | ||||||
6501 | /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with | ||||||
6502 | /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments. | ||||||
6503 | /// | ||||||
6504 | /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been | ||||||
6505 | /// provided as arguments for a send to "super". | ||||||
6506 | /// | ||||||
6507 | /// \param Results The set of results to augment. | ||||||
6508 | /// | ||||||
6509 | /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by | ||||||
6510 | /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added. | ||||||
6511 | static ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||||
6512 | AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword, | ||||||
6513 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6514 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
6515 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||||
6516 | if (!CurMethod) | ||||||
6517 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6518 | |||||||
6519 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
6520 | if (!Class) | ||||||
6521 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6522 | |||||||
6523 | // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector. | ||||||
6524 | ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr; | ||||||
6525 | while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) { | ||||||
6526 | // Check in the class | ||||||
6527 | SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), | ||||||
6528 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()); | ||||||
6529 | |||||||
6530 | // Check in categories or class extensions. | ||||||
6531 | if (!SuperMethod) { | ||||||
6532 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) { | ||||||
6533 | if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), | ||||||
6534 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()))) | ||||||
6535 | break; | ||||||
6536 | } | ||||||
6537 | } | ||||||
6538 | } | ||||||
6539 | |||||||
6540 | if (!SuperMethod) | ||||||
6541 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6542 | |||||||
6543 | // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature. | ||||||
6544 | if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() || | ||||||
6545 | CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic()) | ||||||
6546 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6547 | |||||||
6548 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(), | ||||||
6549 | CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(), | ||||||
6550 | SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin(); | ||||||
6551 | CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) { | ||||||
6552 | // Make sure the parameter types are compatible. | ||||||
6553 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(), | ||||||
6554 | (*SuperP)->getType())) | ||||||
6555 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6556 | |||||||
6557 | // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward! | ||||||
6558 | if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
6559 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6560 | } | ||||||
6561 | |||||||
6562 | // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion. | ||||||
6563 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
6564 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
6565 | |||||||
6566 | // Give this completion a return type. | ||||||
6567 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod, | ||||||
6568 | Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder); | ||||||
6569 | |||||||
6570 | // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing). | ||||||
6571 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) { | ||||||
6572 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super"); | ||||||
6573 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
6574 | } | ||||||
6575 | |||||||
6576 | Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector(); | ||||||
6577 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||||
6578 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) | ||||||
6579 | Builder.AddTextChunk( | ||||||
6580 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||||
6581 | else | ||||||
6582 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
6583 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||||
6584 | } else { | ||||||
6585 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(); | ||||||
6586 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) { | ||||||
6587 | if (I > SelIdents.size()) | ||||||
6588 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
6589 | |||||||
6590 | if (I < SelIdents.size()) | ||||||
6591 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( | ||||||
6592 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||||
6593 | else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) { | ||||||
6594 | Builder.AddTextChunk( | ||||||
6595 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||||
6596 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
6597 | (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||||
6598 | } else { | ||||||
6599 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
6600 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||||
6601 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
6602 | (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||||
6603 | } | ||||||
6604 | } | ||||||
6605 | } | ||||||
6606 | |||||||
6607 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod, | ||||||
6608 | CCP_SuperCompletion)); | ||||||
6609 | return SuperMethod; | ||||||
6610 | } | ||||||
6611 | |||||||
6612 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) { | ||||||
6613 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
6614 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||||
6615 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6616 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6617 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver, | ||||||
6618 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | ||||||
6619 | ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture | ||||||
6620 | : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver); | ||||||
6621 | |||||||
6622 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||||
6623 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6624 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||||
6625 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||||
6626 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
6627 | |||||||
6628 | // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass, | ||||||
6629 | // add "super" as an option. | ||||||
6630 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||||
6631 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
6632 | if (Iface->getSuperClass()) { | ||||||
6633 | Results.AddResult(Result("super")); | ||||||
6634 | |||||||
6635 | AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, None, Results); | ||||||
6636 | } | ||||||
6637 | |||||||
6638 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | ||||||
6639 | addThisCompletion(*this, Results); | ||||||
6640 | |||||||
6641 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6642 | |||||||
6643 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
6644 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||||
6645 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6646 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6647 | } | ||||||
6648 | |||||||
6649 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||||
6650 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6651 | bool AtArgumentExpression) { | ||||||
6652 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; | ||||||
6653 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
6654 | // Figure out which interface we're in. | ||||||
6655 | CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
6656 | if (!CDecl) | ||||||
6657 | return; | ||||||
6658 | |||||||
6659 | // Find the superclass of this class. | ||||||
6660 | CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
6661 | if (!CDecl) | ||||||
6662 | return; | ||||||
6663 | |||||||
6664 | if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||||
6665 | // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message | ||||||
6666 | // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the | ||||||
6667 | // current object. | ||||||
6668 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents, | ||||||
6669 | AtArgumentExpression, CDecl); | ||||||
6670 | } | ||||||
6671 | |||||||
6672 | // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl. | ||||||
6673 | } else { | ||||||
6674 | // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which | ||||||
6675 | // it is. | ||||||
6676 | IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier(); | ||||||
6677 | NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
6678 | if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) { | ||||||
6679 | // "super" names an interface. Use it. | ||||||
6680 | } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
6681 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface = | ||||||
6682 | Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||||
6683 | CDecl = Iface->getInterface(); | ||||||
6684 | } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||
6685 | // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific. | ||||||
6686 | } else { | ||||||
6687 | // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way. | ||||||
6688 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||
6689 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; | ||||||
6690 | UnqualifiedId id; | ||||||
6691 | id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc); | ||||||
6692 | ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id, | ||||||
6693 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, | ||||||
6694 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); | ||||||
6695 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(), | ||||||
6696 | SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression); | ||||||
6697 | } | ||||||
6698 | |||||||
6699 | // Fall through | ||||||
6700 | } | ||||||
6701 | |||||||
6702 | ParsedType Receiver; | ||||||
6703 | if (CDecl) | ||||||
6704 | Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl)); | ||||||
6705 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents, | ||||||
6706 | AtArgumentExpression, | ||||||
6707 | /*IsSuper=*/true); | ||||||
6708 | } | ||||||
6709 | |||||||
6710 | /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message | ||||||
6711 | /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression. | ||||||
6712 | static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||||
6713 | unsigned NumSelIdents) { | ||||||
6714 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
6715 | ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context; | ||||||
6716 | |||||||
6717 | QualType PreferredType; | ||||||
6718 | unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2; | ||||||
6719 | Result *ResultsData = Results.data(); | ||||||
6720 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
6721 | Result &R = ResultsData[I]; | ||||||
6722 | if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration && | ||||||
6723 | isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) { | ||||||
6724 | if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) { | ||||||
6725 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration); | ||||||
6726 | if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) { | ||||||
6727 | QualType MyPreferredType = | ||||||
6728 | Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType(); | ||||||
6729 | if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) { | ||||||
6730 | BestPriority = R.Priority; | ||||||
6731 | PreferredType = MyPreferredType; | ||||||
6732 | } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, | ||||||
6733 | MyPreferredType)) { | ||||||
6734 | PreferredType = QualType(); | ||||||
6735 | } | ||||||
6736 | } | ||||||
6737 | } | ||||||
6738 | } | ||||||
6739 | } | ||||||
6740 | |||||||
6741 | return PreferredType; | ||||||
6742 | } | ||||||
6743 | |||||||
6744 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||||
6745 | ParsedType Receiver, | ||||||
6746 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6747 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, | ||||||
6748 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
6749 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
6750 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; | ||||||
6751 | |||||||
6752 | // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the | ||||||
6753 | // corresponding declaration. | ||||||
6754 | if (Receiver) { | ||||||
6755 | QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr); | ||||||
6756 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||||
6757 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||||
6758 | CDecl = Interface->getInterface(); | ||||||
6759 | } | ||||||
6760 | |||||||
6761 | // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols, | ||||||
6762 | // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc. | ||||||
6763 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6764 | |||||||
6765 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send | ||||||
6766 | // completion. | ||||||
6767 | if (IsSuper) { | ||||||
6768 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = | ||||||
6769 | AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results)) | ||||||
6770 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); | ||||||
6771 | } | ||||||
6772 | |||||||
6773 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to | ||||||
6774 | // others. | ||||||
6775 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||||
6776 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); | ||||||
6777 | |||||||
6778 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||||
6779 | if (CDecl) | ||||||
6780 | AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext, | ||||||
6781 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||||
6782 | else { | ||||||
6783 | // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods. | ||||||
6784 | |||||||
6785 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||||
6786 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||||
6787 | if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) { | ||||||
6788 | for (uint32_t I = 0, | ||||||
6789 | N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors(); | ||||||
6790 | I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
6791 | Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||||
6792 | if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||||
6793 | continue; | ||||||
6794 | |||||||
6795 | SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||||
6796 | } | ||||||
6797 | } | ||||||
6798 | |||||||
6799 | for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(), | ||||||
6800 | MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end(); | ||||||
6801 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
6802 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second; | ||||||
6803 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { | ||||||
6804 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||||
6805 | continue; | ||||||
6806 | |||||||
6807 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), | ||||||
6808 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); | ||||||
6809 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||||
6810 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; | ||||||
6811 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext); | ||||||
6812 | } | ||||||
6813 | } | ||||||
6814 | } | ||||||
6815 | |||||||
6816 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6817 | } | ||||||
6818 | |||||||
6819 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, | ||||||
6820 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6821 | bool AtArgumentExpression, | ||||||
6822 | bool IsSuper) { | ||||||
6823 | |||||||
6824 | QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver); | ||||||
6825 | |||||||
6826 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||||
6827 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6828 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6829 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T, | ||||||
6830 | SelIdents)); | ||||||
6831 | |||||||
6832 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents, | ||||||
6833 | AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results); | ||||||
6834 | |||||||
6835 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the | ||||||
6836 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. | ||||||
6837 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can | ||||||
6838 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as | ||||||
6839 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. | ||||||
6840 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { | ||||||
6841 | QualType PreferredType = | ||||||
6842 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size()); | ||||||
6843 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||||
6844 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); | ||||||
6845 | else | ||||||
6846 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); | ||||||
6847 | return; | ||||||
6848 | } | ||||||
6849 | |||||||
6850 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
6851 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
6852 | } | ||||||
6853 | |||||||
6854 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, | ||||||
6855 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||||
6856 | bool AtArgumentExpression, | ||||||
6857 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) { | ||||||
6858 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
6859 | |||||||
6860 | Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver); | ||||||
6861 | |||||||
6862 | // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver. | ||||||
6863 | // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]. | ||||||
6864 | if (RecExpr) { | ||||||
6865 | ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr); | ||||||
6866 | if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail. | ||||||
6867 | return; | ||||||
6868 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); | ||||||
6869 | } | ||||||
6870 | QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr | ||||||
6871 | ? RecExpr->getType() | ||||||
6872 | : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( | ||||||
6873 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super)) | ||||||
6874 | : Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||
6875 | |||||||
6876 | // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check | ||||||
6877 | // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows | ||||||
6878 | // us to assume a more-specific receiver type. | ||||||
6879 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) { | ||||||
6880 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) { | ||||||
6881 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) | ||||||
6882 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage( | ||||||
6883 | S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents, | ||||||
6884 | AtArgumentExpression, Super); | ||||||
6885 | |||||||
6886 | ReceiverType = | ||||||
6887 | Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)); | ||||||
6888 | } | ||||||
6889 | } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
6890 | ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr); | ||||||
6891 | if (Conv.isUsable()) { | ||||||
6892 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); | ||||||
6893 | ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType(); | ||||||
6894 | } | ||||||
6895 | } | ||||||
6896 | |||||||
6897 | // Build the set of methods we can see. | ||||||
6898 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||||
6899 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
6900 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
6901 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage, | ||||||
6902 | ReceiverType, SelIdents)); | ||||||
6903 | |||||||
6904 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
6905 | |||||||
6906 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send | ||||||
6907 | // completion. | ||||||
6908 | if (Super) { | ||||||
6909 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = | ||||||
6910 | AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results)) | ||||||
6911 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); | ||||||
6912 | } | ||||||
6913 | |||||||
6914 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to | ||||||
6915 | // others. | ||||||
6916 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||||
6917 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); | ||||||
6918 | |||||||
6919 | // Keep track of the selectors we've already added. | ||||||
6920 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||||
6921 | |||||||
6922 | // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance | ||||||
6923 | // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a | ||||||
6924 | // class method. | ||||||
6925 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() || | ||||||
6926 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { | ||||||
6927 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
6928 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
6929 | AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||||
6930 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||||
6931 | } | ||||||
6932 | } | ||||||
6933 | // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>"). | ||||||
6934 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID = | ||||||
6935 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||||
6936 | // Search protocols for instance methods. | ||||||
6937 | for (auto *I : QualID->quals()) | ||||||
6938 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||||
6939 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||||
6940 | } | ||||||
6941 | // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type. | ||||||
6942 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr = | ||||||
6943 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||
6944 | // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods. | ||||||
6945 | AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents, | ||||||
6946 | CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||||
6947 | |||||||
6948 | // Search protocols for instance methods. | ||||||
6949 | for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals()) | ||||||
6950 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||||
6951 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||||
6952 | } | ||||||
6953 | // Handle messages to "id". | ||||||
6954 | else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||
6955 | // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know | ||||||
6956 | // about as code-completion results. | ||||||
6957 | |||||||
6958 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||||
6959 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||||
6960 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||||
6961 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); | ||||||
6962 | I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
6963 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||||
6964 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||||
6965 | continue; | ||||||
6966 | |||||||
6967 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||||
6968 | } | ||||||
6969 | } | ||||||
6970 | |||||||
6971 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||||
6972 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); | ||||||
6973 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
6974 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first; | ||||||
6975 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { | ||||||
6976 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||||
6977 | continue; | ||||||
6978 | |||||||
6979 | if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second) | ||||||
6980 | continue; | ||||||
6981 | |||||||
6982 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), | ||||||
6983 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); | ||||||
6984 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||||
6985 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; | ||||||
6986 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
6987 | } | ||||||
6988 | } | ||||||
6989 | } | ||||||
6990 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
6991 | |||||||
6992 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the | ||||||
6993 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. | ||||||
6994 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can | ||||||
6995 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as | ||||||
6996 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. | ||||||
6997 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { | ||||||
6998 | QualType PreferredType = | ||||||
6999 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size()); | ||||||
7000 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||||
7001 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); | ||||||
7002 | else | ||||||
7003 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); | ||||||
7004 | return; | ||||||
7005 | } | ||||||
7006 | |||||||
7007 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7008 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7009 | } | ||||||
7010 | |||||||
7011 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, | ||||||
7012 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) { | ||||||
7013 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; | ||||||
7014 | Data.ObjCCollection = true; | ||||||
7015 | |||||||
7016 | if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) { | ||||||
7017 | DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get(); | ||||||
7018 | for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) { | ||||||
7019 | if (*I) | ||||||
7020 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I); | ||||||
7021 | } | ||||||
7022 | } | ||||||
7023 | |||||||
7024 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); | ||||||
7025 | } | ||||||
7026 | |||||||
7027 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, | ||||||
7028 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { | ||||||
7029 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||||
7030 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||||
7031 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||||
7032 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; | ||||||
7033 | ++I) { | ||||||
7034 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||||
7035 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||||
7036 | continue; | ||||||
7037 | |||||||
7038 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||||
7039 | } | ||||||
7040 | } | ||||||
7041 | |||||||
7042 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7043 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7044 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName); | ||||||
7045 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7046 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||||
7047 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); | ||||||
7048 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
7049 | |||||||
7050 | Selector Sel = M->first; | ||||||
7051 | if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||||
7052 | continue; | ||||||
7053 | |||||||
7054 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
7055 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
7056 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||||
7057 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
7058 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||||
7059 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
7060 | continue; | ||||||
7061 | } | ||||||
7062 | |||||||
7063 | std::string Accumulator; | ||||||
7064 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
7065 | if (I == SelIdents.size()) { | ||||||
7066 | if (!Accumulator.empty()) { | ||||||
7067 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( | ||||||
7068 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator)); | ||||||
7069 | Accumulator.clear(); | ||||||
7070 | } | ||||||
7071 | } | ||||||
7072 | |||||||
7073 | Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I); | ||||||
7074 | Accumulator += ':'; | ||||||
7075 | } | ||||||
7076 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator)); | ||||||
7077 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
7078 | } | ||||||
7079 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7080 | |||||||
7081 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7082 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7083 | } | ||||||
7084 | |||||||
7085 | /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given | ||||||
7086 | /// (translation unit) context. | ||||||
7087 | static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
7088 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, | ||||||
7089 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
7090 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7091 | |||||||
7092 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { | ||||||
7093 | // Record any protocols we find. | ||||||
7094 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7095 | if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
7096 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
7097 | Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext, | ||||||
7098 | nullptr, false); | ||||||
7099 | } | ||||||
7100 | } | ||||||
7101 | |||||||
7102 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( | ||||||
7103 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) { | ||||||
7104 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7105 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7106 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); | ||||||
7107 | |||||||
7108 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
7109 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7110 | |||||||
7111 | // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have | ||||||
7112 | // already seen. | ||||||
7113 | // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results. | ||||||
7114 | for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols) | ||||||
7115 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second)) | ||||||
7116 | Results.Ignore(Protocol); | ||||||
7117 | |||||||
7118 | // Add all protocols. | ||||||
7119 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||||
7120 | Results); | ||||||
7121 | |||||||
7122 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7123 | } | ||||||
7124 | |||||||
7125 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7126 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7127 | } | ||||||
7128 | |||||||
7129 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) { | ||||||
7130 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7131 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7132 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); | ||||||
7133 | |||||||
7134 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
7135 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7136 | |||||||
7137 | // Add all protocols. | ||||||
7138 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true, | ||||||
7139 | Results); | ||||||
7140 | |||||||
7141 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7142 | } | ||||||
7143 | |||||||
7144 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7145 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7146 | } | ||||||
7147 | |||||||
7148 | /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in | ||||||
7149 | /// the given (translation unit) context. | ||||||
7150 | static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||||
7151 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, | ||||||
7152 | bool OnlyUnimplemented, | ||||||
7153 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
7154 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7155 | |||||||
7156 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { | ||||||
7157 | // Record any interfaces we find. | ||||||
7158 | if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7159 | if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) && | ||||||
7160 | (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation())) | ||||||
7161 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
7162 | Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext, | ||||||
7163 | nullptr, false); | ||||||
7164 | } | ||||||
7165 | } | ||||||
7166 | |||||||
7167 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||||
7168 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7169 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7170 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); | ||||||
7171 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7172 | |||||||
7173 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
7174 | // Add all classes. | ||||||
7175 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||||
7176 | false, Results); | ||||||
7177 | } | ||||||
7178 | |||||||
7179 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7180 | |||||||
7181 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7182 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7183 | } | ||||||
7184 | |||||||
7185 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||||
7186 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { | ||||||
7187 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7188 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7189 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); | ||||||
7190 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7191 | |||||||
7192 | // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining. | ||||||
7193 | NamedDecl *CurClass = | ||||||
7194 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
7195 | if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) | ||||||
7196 | Results.Ignore(CurClass); | ||||||
7197 | |||||||
7198 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
7199 | // Add all classes. | ||||||
7200 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||||
7201 | false, Results); | ||||||
7202 | } | ||||||
7203 | |||||||
7204 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7205 | |||||||
7206 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7207 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7208 | } | ||||||
7209 | |||||||
7210 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||||
7211 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7212 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7213 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation); | ||||||
7214 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7215 | |||||||
7216 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
7217 | // Add all unimplemented classes. | ||||||
7218 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||||
7219 | true, Results); | ||||||
7220 | } | ||||||
7221 | |||||||
7222 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7223 | |||||||
7224 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7225 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7226 | } | ||||||
7227 | |||||||
7228 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, | ||||||
7229 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||||
7230 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { | ||||||
7231 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7232 | |||||||
7233 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7234 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7235 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); | ||||||
7236 | |||||||
7237 | // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this | ||||||
7238 | // interface. | ||||||
7239 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; | ||||||
7240 | NamedDecl *CurClass = | ||||||
7241 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
7242 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = | ||||||
7243 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) { | ||||||
7244 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) | ||||||
7245 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()); | ||||||
7246 | } | ||||||
7247 | |||||||
7248 | // Add all of the categories we know about. | ||||||
7249 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7250 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||
7251 | for (const auto *D : TU->decls()) | ||||||
7252 | if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7253 | if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||||
7254 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
7255 | Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr), | ||||||
7256 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||||
7257 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7258 | |||||||
7259 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7260 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7261 | } | ||||||
7262 | |||||||
7263 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, | ||||||
7264 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||||
7265 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { | ||||||
7266 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7267 | |||||||
7268 | // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the | ||||||
7269 | // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by | ||||||
7270 | // providing the list of all of the categories we know about. | ||||||
7271 | NamedDecl *CurClass = | ||||||
7272 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
7273 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass); | ||||||
7274 | if (!Class) | ||||||
7275 | return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc); | ||||||
7276 | |||||||
7277 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7278 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7279 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); | ||||||
7280 | |||||||
7281 | // Add all of the categories that have have corresponding interface | ||||||
7282 | // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for | ||||||
7283 | // already-implemented categories in the class itself. | ||||||
7284 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; | ||||||
7285 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7286 | bool IgnoreImplemented = true; | ||||||
7287 | while (Class) { | ||||||
7288 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) { | ||||||
7289 | if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) && | ||||||
7290 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||||
7291 | Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr), | ||||||
7292 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||||
7293 | } | ||||||
7294 | |||||||
7295 | Class = Class->getSuperClass(); | ||||||
7296 | IgnoreImplemented = false; | ||||||
7297 | } | ||||||
7298 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7299 | |||||||
7300 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7301 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7302 | } | ||||||
7303 | |||||||
7304 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) { | ||||||
7305 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
7306 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7307 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext); | ||||||
7308 | |||||||
7309 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. | ||||||
7310 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = | ||||||
7311 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
7312 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) && | ||||||
7313 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container))) | ||||||
7314 | return; | ||||||
7315 | |||||||
7316 | // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented. | ||||||
7317 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); | ||||||
7318 | for (const auto *D : Container->decls()) | ||||||
7319 | if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) | ||||||
7320 | Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl()); | ||||||
7321 | |||||||
7322 | // Add any properties that we find. | ||||||
7323 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; | ||||||
7324 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7325 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = | ||||||
7326 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container)) | ||||||
7327 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false, | ||||||
7328 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, | ||||||
7329 | AddedProperties, Results); | ||||||
7330 | else | ||||||
7331 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, | ||||||
7332 | cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(), | ||||||
7333 | false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, | ||||||
7334 | AddedProperties, Results); | ||||||
7335 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7336 | |||||||
7337 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7338 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7339 | } | ||||||
7340 | |||||||
7341 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar( | ||||||
7342 | Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) { | ||||||
7343 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7344 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
7345 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7346 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
7347 | |||||||
7348 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. | ||||||
7349 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = | ||||||
7350 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
7351 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) && | ||||||
7352 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container))) | ||||||
7353 | return; | ||||||
7354 | |||||||
7355 | // Figure out which interface we're looking into. | ||||||
7356 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; | ||||||
7357 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = | ||||||
7358 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container)) | ||||||
7359 | Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
7360 | else | ||||||
7361 | Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container) | ||||||
7362 | ->getCategoryDecl() | ||||||
7363 | ->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
7364 | |||||||
7365 | // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing. | ||||||
7366 | QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||
7367 | if (Class) { | ||||||
7368 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration( | ||||||
7369 | PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { | ||||||
7370 | PropertyType = | ||||||
7371 | Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
7372 | |||||||
7373 | // Give preference to ivars | ||||||
7374 | Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType); | ||||||
7375 | } | ||||||
7376 | } | ||||||
7377 | |||||||
7378 | // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses. | ||||||
7379 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
7380 | bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false; | ||||||
7381 | std::string NameWithPrefix; | ||||||
7382 | NameWithPrefix += '_'; | ||||||
7383 | NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName(); | ||||||
7384 | std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str(); | ||||||
7385 | NameWithSuffix += '_'; | ||||||
7386 | for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) { | ||||||
7387 | for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar; | ||||||
7388 | Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) { | ||||||
7389 | Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr), | ||||||
7390 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||||
7391 | |||||||
7392 | // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the | ||||||
7393 | // property. | ||||||
7394 | if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() || | ||||||
7395 | NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() || | ||||||
7396 | NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) { | ||||||
7397 | SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true; | ||||||
7398 | |||||||
7399 | // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight | ||||||
7400 | // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely. | ||||||
7401 | if (Results.size() && | ||||||
7402 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind == | ||||||
7403 | CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration && | ||||||
7404 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar) | ||||||
7405 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--; | ||||||
7406 | } | ||||||
7407 | } | ||||||
7408 | } | ||||||
7409 | |||||||
7410 | if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) { | ||||||
7411 | // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize | ||||||
7412 | // an ivar of the appropriate type. | ||||||
7413 | unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1; | ||||||
7414 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7415 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||||
7416 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
7417 | Priority, CXAvailability_Available); | ||||||
7418 | |||||||
7419 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); | ||||||
7420 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||||
7421 | GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator)); | ||||||
7422 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix)); | ||||||
7423 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
7424 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl)); | ||||||
7425 | } | ||||||
7426 | |||||||
7427 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
7428 | |||||||
7429 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
7430 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
7431 | } | ||||||
7432 | |||||||
7433 | // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along | ||||||
7434 | // with the "in original class" flag. | ||||||
7435 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, | ||||||
7436 | llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>> | ||||||
7437 | KnownMethodsMap; | ||||||
7438 | |||||||
7439 | /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container | ||||||
7440 | /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given | ||||||
7441 | /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods, | ||||||
7442 | /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found. | ||||||
7443 | static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
7444 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, | ||||||
7445 | Optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods, | ||||||
7446 | QualType ReturnType, | ||||||
7447 | KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods, | ||||||
7448 | bool InOriginalClass = true) { | ||||||
7449 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
7450 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. | ||||||
7451 | if (!IFace->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
7452 | return; | ||||||
7453 | |||||||
7454 | IFace = IFace->getDefinition(); | ||||||
7455 | Container = IFace; | ||||||
7456 | |||||||
7457 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||||
7458 | IFace->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||||
7459 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||||
7460 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||||
7461 | I != E; ++I) | ||||||
7462 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||||
7463 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); | ||||||
7464 | |||||||
7465 | // Add methods from any class extensions and categories. | ||||||
7466 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) { | ||||||
7467 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||||
7468 | KnownMethods, false); | ||||||
7469 | } | ||||||
7470 | |||||||
7471 | // Visit the superclass. | ||||||
7472 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) | ||||||
7473 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(), | ||||||
7474 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, | ||||||
7475 | false); | ||||||
7476 | } | ||||||
7477 | |||||||
7478 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
7479 | // Recurse into protocols. | ||||||
7480 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||||
7481 | Category->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||||
7482 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||||
7483 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||||
7484 | I != E; ++I) | ||||||
7485 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||||
7486 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); | ||||||
7487 | |||||||
7488 | // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface. | ||||||
7489 | if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface()) | ||||||
7490 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(), | ||||||
7491 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, | ||||||
7492 | false); | ||||||
7493 | } | ||||||
7494 | |||||||
7495 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||||
7496 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. | ||||||
7497 | if (!Protocol->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
7498 | return; | ||||||
7499 | Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition(); | ||||||
7500 | Container = Protocol; | ||||||
7501 | |||||||
7502 | // Recurse into protocols. | ||||||
7503 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||||
7504 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||||
7505 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||||
7506 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||||
7507 | I != E; ++I) | ||||||
7508 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||||
7509 | KnownMethods, false); | ||||||
7510 | } | ||||||
7511 | |||||||
7512 | // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because | ||||||
7513 | // we want the methods from this container to override any methods | ||||||
7514 | // we've previously seen with the same selector. | ||||||
7515 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||||
7516 | if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) { | ||||||
7517 | if (!ReturnType.isNull() && | ||||||
7518 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType())) | ||||||
7519 | continue; | ||||||
7520 | |||||||
7521 | KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] = | ||||||
7522 | KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass); | ||||||
7523 | } | ||||||
7524 | } | ||||||
7525 | } | ||||||
7526 | |||||||
7527 | /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code | ||||||
7528 | /// completion string. | ||||||
7529 | static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals, | ||||||
7530 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
7531 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
7532 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { | ||||||
7533 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7534 | std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type); | ||||||
7535 | if (!Quals.empty()) | ||||||
7536 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals)); | ||||||
7537 | Builder.AddTextChunk( | ||||||
7538 | GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); | ||||||
7539 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7540 | } | ||||||
7541 | |||||||
7542 | /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by | ||||||
7543 | /// the given name. | ||||||
7544 | static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) { | ||||||
7545 | if (!Class) | ||||||
7546 | return false; | ||||||
7547 | |||||||
7548 | if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name) | ||||||
7549 | return true; | ||||||
7550 | |||||||
7551 | return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name); | ||||||
7552 | } | ||||||
7553 | |||||||
7554 | /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and | ||||||
7555 | /// Key-Value Observing (KVO). | ||||||
7556 | static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, | ||||||
7557 | bool IsInstanceMethod, | ||||||
7558 | QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
7559 | VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors, | ||||||
7560 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||||
7561 | IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier(); | ||||||
7562 | if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0) | ||||||
| |||||||
7563 | return; | ||||||
7564 | |||||||
7565 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); | ||||||
7566 | |||||||
7567 | // Builder that will create each code completion. | ||||||
7568 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
7569 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||||
7570 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
7571 | |||||||
7572 | // The selector table. | ||||||
7573 | SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors; | ||||||
7574 | |||||||
7575 | // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region | ||||||
7576 | // on demand. | ||||||
7577 | struct KeyHolder { | ||||||
7578 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; | ||||||
7579 | StringRef Key; | ||||||
7580 | const char *CopiedKey; | ||||||
7581 | |||||||
7582 | KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key) | ||||||
7583 | : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {} | ||||||
7584 | |||||||
7585 | operator const char *() { | ||||||
7586 | if (CopiedKey) | ||||||
7587 | return CopiedKey; | ||||||
7588 | |||||||
7589 | return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key); | ||||||
7590 | } | ||||||
7591 | } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName()); | ||||||
7592 | |||||||
7593 | // The uppercased name of the property name. | ||||||
7594 | std::string UpperKey = PropName->getName(); | ||||||
7595 | if (!UpperKey.empty()) | ||||||
7596 | UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]); | ||||||
7597 | |||||||
7598 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty = | ||||||
7599 | ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||||
7600 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(), | ||||||
7601 | Property->getType()); | ||||||
7602 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType(); | ||||||
7603 | |||||||
7604 | // Add the normal accessor -(type)key. | ||||||
7605 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||||
7606 | KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second && | ||||||
7607 | ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
7608 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) | ||||||
7609 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy, | ||||||
7610 | Builder); | ||||||
7611 | |||||||
7612 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key); | ||||||
7613 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||||
7614 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7615 | } | ||||||
7616 | |||||||
7617 | // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided | ||||||
7618 | // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey. | ||||||
7619 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7620 | ((!ReturnType.isNull() && | ||||||
7621 | (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) || | ||||||
7622 | (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() || | ||||||
7623 | Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) { | ||||||
7624 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7625 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7626 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||||
7627 | .second) { | ||||||
7628 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7629 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7630 | Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL"); | ||||||
7631 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7632 | } | ||||||
7633 | |||||||
7634 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); | ||||||
7635 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||||
7636 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7637 | } | ||||||
7638 | } | ||||||
7639 | |||||||
7640 | // Add the normal mutator. | ||||||
7641 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7642 | !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) { | ||||||
7643 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7644 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7645 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
7646 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7647 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7648 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7649 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7650 | } | ||||||
7651 | |||||||
7652 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); | ||||||
7653 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(":"); | ||||||
7654 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy, | ||||||
7655 | Builder); | ||||||
7656 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Key); | ||||||
7657 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||||
7658 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7659 | } | ||||||
7660 | } | ||||||
7661 | |||||||
7662 | // Indexed and unordered accessors | ||||||
7663 | unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||||
7664 | unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||||
7665 | unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||||
7666 | unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||||
7667 | if (const auto *ObjCPointer
| ||||||
7668 | Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
7669 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||||
7670 | // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known | ||||||
7671 | // collection, penalize the corresponding completions. | ||||||
7672 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray")) { | ||||||
7673 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7674 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray")) | ||||||
7675 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7676 | } | ||||||
7677 | |||||||
7678 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet")) { | ||||||
7679 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7680 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet")) | ||||||
7681 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7682 | } | ||||||
7683 | } | ||||||
7684 | } else { | ||||||
7685 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7686 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7687 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7688 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||||
7689 | } | ||||||
7690 | |||||||
7691 | // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key> | ||||||
7692 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7693 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) { | ||||||
7694 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7695 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7696 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||||
7697 | .second) { | ||||||
7698 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7699 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7700 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||||
7701 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7702 | } | ||||||
7703 | |||||||
7704 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); | ||||||
7705 | Results.AddResult( | ||||||
7706 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), | ||||||
7707 | std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority), | ||||||
7708 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7709 | } | ||||||
7710 | } | ||||||
7711 | |||||||
7712 | // Indexed getters | ||||||
7713 | // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index | ||||||
7714 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7715 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { | ||||||
7716 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||||
7717 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7718 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
7719 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7720 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7721 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id"); | ||||||
7722 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7723 | } | ||||||
7724 | |||||||
7725 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7726 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7727 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||||
7728 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7729 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||||
7730 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, | ||||||
7731 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7732 | } | ||||||
7733 | } | ||||||
7734 | |||||||
7735 | // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes | ||||||
7736 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7737 | (ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||||
7738 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||
7739 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && | ||||||
7740 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||||
7741 | ->getInterfaceDecl() | ||||||
7742 | ->getName() == "NSArray"))) { | ||||||
7743 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str(); | ||||||
7744 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7745 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
7746 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7747 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7748 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||||
7749 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7750 | } | ||||||
7751 | |||||||
7752 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7753 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7754 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||||
7755 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7756 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||||
7757 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, | ||||||
7758 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7759 | } | ||||||
7760 | } | ||||||
7761 | |||||||
7762 | // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange | ||||||
7763 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7764 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7765 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), | ||||||
7766 | &Context.Idents.get("range")}; | ||||||
7767 | |||||||
7768 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||||
7769 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7770 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7771 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7772 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7773 | } | ||||||
7774 | |||||||
7775 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7776 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7777 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||||
7778 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" **"); | ||||||
7779 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7780 | Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer"); | ||||||
7781 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
7782 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:"); | ||||||
7783 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7784 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange"); | ||||||
7785 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7786 | Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange"); | ||||||
7787 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, | ||||||
7788 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7789 | } | ||||||
7790 | } | ||||||
7791 | |||||||
7792 | // Mutable indexed accessors | ||||||
7793 | |||||||
7794 | // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index | ||||||
7795 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7796 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||||
7797 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject"), | ||||||
7798 | &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)}; | ||||||
7799 | |||||||
7800 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||||
7801 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7802 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7803 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7804 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7805 | } | ||||||
7806 | |||||||
7807 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:"); | ||||||
7808 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7809 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||||
7810 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||||
7811 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7812 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||||
7813 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
7814 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7815 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7816 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||||
7817 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7818 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||||
7819 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||||
7820 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7821 | } | ||||||
7822 | } | ||||||
7823 | |||||||
7824 | // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes | ||||||
7825 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7826 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7827 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), | ||||||
7828 | &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")}; | ||||||
7829 | |||||||
7830 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||||
7831 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7832 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7833 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7834 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7835 | } | ||||||
7836 | |||||||
7837 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7838 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7839 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||||
7840 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7841 | Builder.AddTextChunk("array"); | ||||||
7842 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
7843 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:"); | ||||||
7844 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7845 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||||
7846 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7847 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||||
7848 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||||
7849 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7850 | } | ||||||
7851 | } | ||||||
7852 | |||||||
7853 | // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index | ||||||
7854 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7855 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||||
7856 | (Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||||
7857 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7858 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
7859 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7860 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7861 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7862 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7863 | } | ||||||
7864 | |||||||
7865 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7866 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7867 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||||
7868 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7869 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||||
7870 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||||
7871 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7872 | } | ||||||
7873 | } | ||||||
7874 | |||||||
7875 | // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes | ||||||
7876 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7877 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str(); | ||||||
7878 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7879 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
7880 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7881 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7882 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7883 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7884 | } | ||||||
7885 | |||||||
7886 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7887 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7888 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||||
7889 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7890 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||||
7891 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||||
7892 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7893 | } | ||||||
7894 | } | ||||||
7895 | |||||||
7896 | // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object | ||||||
7897 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7898 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||||
7899 | (Twine("replaceObjectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||||
7900 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), | ||||||
7901 | &Context.Idents.get("withObject")}; | ||||||
7902 | |||||||
7903 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||||
7904 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7905 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7906 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7907 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7908 | } | ||||||
7909 | |||||||
7910 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7911 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7912 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||||
7913 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7914 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||||
7915 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
7916 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:"); | ||||||
7917 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7918 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id"); | ||||||
7919 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7920 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||||
7921 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||||
7922 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7923 | } | ||||||
7924 | } | ||||||
7925 | |||||||
7926 | // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array | ||||||
7927 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7928 | std::string SelectorName1 = | ||||||
7929 | (Twine("replace") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str(); | ||||||
7930 | std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7931 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1), | ||||||
7932 | &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)}; | ||||||
7933 | |||||||
7934 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||||
7935 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7936 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7937 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
7938 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7939 | } | ||||||
7940 | |||||||
7941 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":")); | ||||||
7942 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7943 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||||
7944 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7945 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||||
7946 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
7947 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":")); | ||||||
7948 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7949 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||||
7950 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7951 | Builder.AddTextChunk("array"); | ||||||
7952 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||||
7953 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7954 | } | ||||||
7955 | } | ||||||
7956 | |||||||
7957 | // Unordered getters | ||||||
7958 | // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey | ||||||
7959 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7960 | (ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||||
7961 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||
7962 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && | ||||||
7963 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||||
7964 | ->getInterfaceDecl() | ||||||
7965 | ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) { | ||||||
7966 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7967 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7968 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||||
7969 | .second) { | ||||||
7970 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7971 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7972 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *"); | ||||||
7973 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7974 | } | ||||||
7975 | |||||||
7976 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); | ||||||
7977 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, | ||||||
7978 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
7979 | } | ||||||
7980 | } | ||||||
7981 | |||||||
7982 | // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object | ||||||
7983 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
7984 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { | ||||||
7985 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
7986 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
7987 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
7988 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7989 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7990 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||||
7991 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||||
7992 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
7993 | } | ||||||
7994 | |||||||
7995 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
7996 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
7997 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7998 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||||
7999 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||||
8000 | } else { | ||||||
8001 | Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString( | ||||||
8002 | ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); | ||||||
8003 | } | ||||||
8004 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8005 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||||
8006 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, | ||||||
8007 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8008 | } | ||||||
8009 | } | ||||||
8010 | |||||||
8011 | // Mutable unordered accessors | ||||||
8012 | // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object | ||||||
8013 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
8014 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||||
8015 | (Twine("add") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str(); | ||||||
8016 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8017 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
8018 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8019 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8020 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
8021 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8022 | } | ||||||
8023 | |||||||
8024 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
8025 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8026 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||||
8027 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||||
8028 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8029 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||||
8030 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||||
8031 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8032 | } | ||||||
8033 | } | ||||||
8034 | |||||||
8035 | // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects | ||||||
8036 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
8037 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
8038 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8039 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
8040 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8041 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8042 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
8043 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8044 | } | ||||||
8045 | |||||||
8046 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
8047 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8048 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *"); | ||||||
8049 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8050 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects"); | ||||||
8051 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||||
8052 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8053 | } | ||||||
8054 | } | ||||||
8055 | |||||||
8056 | // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object | ||||||
8057 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
8058 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||||
8059 | (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str(); | ||||||
8060 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8061 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
8062 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8063 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8064 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
8065 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8066 | } | ||||||
8067 | |||||||
8068 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
8069 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8070 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||||
8071 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||||
8072 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8073 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||||
8074 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||||
8075 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8076 | } | ||||||
8077 | } | ||||||
8078 | |||||||
8079 | // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects | ||||||
8080 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
8081 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
8082 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8083 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
8084 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8085 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8086 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
8087 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8088 | } | ||||||
8089 | |||||||
8090 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
8091 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8092 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *"); | ||||||
8093 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8094 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects"); | ||||||
8095 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||||
8096 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8097 | } | ||||||
8098 | } | ||||||
8099 | |||||||
8100 | // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects | ||||||
8101 | if (IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
8102 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
8103 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8104 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||||
8105 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8106 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8107 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||||
8108 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8109 | } | ||||||
8110 | |||||||
8111 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||||
8112 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8113 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *"); | ||||||
8114 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8115 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects"); | ||||||
8116 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||||
8117 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8118 | } | ||||||
8119 | } | ||||||
8120 | |||||||
8121 | // Key-Value Observing | ||||||
8122 | // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey | ||||||
8123 | if (!IsInstanceMethod
| ||||||
8124 | (ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||||
8125 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||
8126 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && | ||||||
8127 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||||
| |||||||
8128 | ->getInterfaceDecl() | ||||||
8129 | ->getName() == "NSSet"))) { | ||||||
8130 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||||
8131 | (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
8132 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8133 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||||
8134 | .second) { | ||||||
8135 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8136 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8137 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *"); | ||||||
8138 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8139 | } | ||||||
8140 | |||||||
8141 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); | ||||||
8142 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||||
8143 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8144 | } | ||||||
8145 | } | ||||||
8146 | |||||||
8147 | // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey | ||||||
8148 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && | ||||||
8149 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() || | ||||||
8150 | ReturnType->isBooleanType())) { | ||||||
8151 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||||
8152 | (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||||
8153 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||||
8154 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||||
8155 | .second) { | ||||||
8156 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8157 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8158 | Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL"); | ||||||
8159 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8160 | } | ||||||
8161 | |||||||
8162 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); | ||||||
8163 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||||
8164 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); | ||||||
8165 | } | ||||||
8166 | } | ||||||
8167 | } | ||||||
8168 | |||||||
8169 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, | ||||||
8170 | ParsedType ReturnTy) { | ||||||
8171 | // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if | ||||||
8172 | // provided. | ||||||
8173 | QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy); | ||||||
8174 | Decl *IDecl = nullptr; | ||||||
8175 | if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) { | ||||||
8176 | ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||
8177 | IDecl = OCD; | ||||||
8178 | } | ||||||
8179 | // Determine where we should start searching for methods. | ||||||
8180 | ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr; | ||||||
8181 | bool IsInImplementation = false; | ||||||
8182 | if (Decl *D = IDecl) { | ||||||
8183 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
8184 | SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
8185 | IsInImplementation = true; | ||||||
8186 | } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl = | ||||||
8187 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
8188 | SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl(); | ||||||
8189 | IsInImplementation = true; | ||||||
8190 | } else | ||||||
8191 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D); | ||||||
8192 | } | ||||||
8193 | |||||||
8194 | if (!SearchDecl && S) { | ||||||
8195 | if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity()) | ||||||
8196 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC); | ||||||
8197 | } | ||||||
8198 | |||||||
8199 | if (!SearchDecl) { | ||||||
8200 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, | ||||||
8201 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0); | ||||||
8202 | return; | ||||||
8203 | } | ||||||
8204 | |||||||
8205 | // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here. | ||||||
8206 | KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods; | ||||||
8207 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, | ||||||
8208 | KnownMethods); | ||||||
8209 | |||||||
8210 | // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods. | ||||||
8211 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
8212 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8213 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8214 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
8215 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8216 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); | ||||||
8217 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), | ||||||
8218 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); | ||||||
8219 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
8220 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer(); | ||||||
8221 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
8222 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8223 | |||||||
8224 | // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet. | ||||||
8225 | if (!IsInstanceMethod) { | ||||||
8226 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+"); | ||||||
8227 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8228 | } | ||||||
8229 | |||||||
8230 | // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the | ||||||
8231 | // pattern as (type). | ||||||
8232 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||||
8233 | QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context); | ||||||
8234 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy); | ||||||
8235 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context, | ||||||
8236 | Policy, Builder); | ||||||
8237 | } | ||||||
8238 | |||||||
8239 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); | ||||||
8240 | |||||||
8241 | // Add the first part of the selector to the pattern. | ||||||
8242 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
8243 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||||
8244 | |||||||
8245 | // Add parameters to the pattern. | ||||||
8246 | unsigned I = 0; | ||||||
8247 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), | ||||||
8248 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); | ||||||
8249 | P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) { | ||||||
8250 | // Add the part of the selector name. | ||||||
8251 | if (I == 0) | ||||||
8252 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(":"); | ||||||
8253 | else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) { | ||||||
8254 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8255 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
8256 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||||
8257 | } else | ||||||
8258 | break; | ||||||
8259 | |||||||
8260 | // Add the parameter type. | ||||||
8261 | QualType ParamType; | ||||||
8262 | if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | ||||||
8263 | ParamType = (*P)->getType(); | ||||||
8264 | else | ||||||
8265 | ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType(); | ||||||
8266 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( | ||||||
8267 | Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||||
8268 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType); | ||||||
8269 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context, | ||||||
8270 | Policy, Builder); | ||||||
8271 | |||||||
8272 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier()) | ||||||
8273 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName())); | ||||||
8274 | } | ||||||
8275 | |||||||
8276 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
8277 | if (Method->param_size() > 0) | ||||||
8278 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||||
8279 | Builder.AddTextChunk("..."); | ||||||
8280 | } | ||||||
8281 | |||||||
8282 | if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||||
8283 | // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement. | ||||||
8284 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8285 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||||
8286 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
8287 | if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
8288 | // If the result type is not void, add a return clause. | ||||||
8289 | Builder.AddTextChunk("return"); | ||||||
8290 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8291 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||||
8292 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||||
8293 | } else | ||||||
8294 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||||
8295 | |||||||
8296 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||||
8297 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||||
8298 | } | ||||||
8299 | |||||||
8300 | unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||||
8301 | auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority); | ||||||
8302 | if (!M->second.getInt()) | ||||||
8303 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||||
8304 | Results.AddResult(std::move(R)); | ||||||
8305 | } | ||||||
8306 | |||||||
8307 | // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of | ||||||
8308 | // the properties in this class and its categories. | ||||||
8309 | if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||||
8310 | SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers; | ||||||
8311 | Containers.push_back(SearchDecl); | ||||||
8312 | |||||||
8313 | VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors; | ||||||
8314 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), | ||||||
8315 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); | ||||||
8316 | M != MEnd; ++M) | ||||||
8317 | KnownSelectors.insert(M->first); | ||||||
8318 | |||||||
8319 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl); | ||||||
8320 | if (!IFace) | ||||||
8321 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl)) | ||||||
8322 | IFace = Category->getClassInterface(); | ||||||
8323 | |||||||
8324 | if (IFace) | ||||||
8325 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) | ||||||
8326 | Containers.push_back(Cat); | ||||||
8327 | |||||||
8328 | if (IsInstanceMethod) { | ||||||
8329 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||||
8330 | for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties()) | ||||||
8331 | AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context, | ||||||
8332 | KnownSelectors, Results); | ||||||
8333 | } | ||||||
8334 | } | ||||||
8335 | |||||||
8336 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8337 | |||||||
8338 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8339 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8340 | } | ||||||
8341 | |||||||
8342 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector( | ||||||
8343 | Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy, | ||||||
8344 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { | ||||||
8345 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||||
8346 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||||
8347 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||||
8348 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; | ||||||
8349 | ++I) { | ||||||
8350 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||||
8351 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||||
8352 | continue; | ||||||
8353 | |||||||
8354 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||||
8355 | } | ||||||
8356 | } | ||||||
8357 | |||||||
8358 | // Build the set of methods we can see. | ||||||
8359 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||||
8360 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8361 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8362 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
8363 | |||||||
8364 | if (ReturnTy) | ||||||
8365 | Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||
8366 | |||||||
8367 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8368 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||||
8369 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); | ||||||
8370 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
8371 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first | ||||||
8372 | : &M->second.second; | ||||||
8373 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { | ||||||
8374 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||||
8375 | continue; | ||||||
8376 | |||||||
8377 | if (AtParameterName) { | ||||||
8378 | // Suggest parameter names we've seen before. | ||||||
8379 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); | ||||||
8380 | if (NumSelIdents && | ||||||
8381 | NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) { | ||||||
8382 | ParmVarDecl *Param = | ||||||
8383 | MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]; | ||||||
8384 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { | ||||||
8385 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
8386 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8387 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
8388 | Param->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||||
8389 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8390 | } | ||||||
8391 | } | ||||||
8392 | |||||||
8393 | continue; | ||||||
8394 | } | ||||||
8395 | |||||||
8396 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), | ||||||
8397 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); | ||||||
8398 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||||
8399 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; | ||||||
8400 | R.DeclaringEntity = true; | ||||||
8401 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||||
8402 | } | ||||||
8403 | } | ||||||
8404 | |||||||
8405 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8406 | |||||||
8407 | if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() && | ||||||
8408 | SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init")) { | ||||||
8409 | for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) { | ||||||
8410 | if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER") | ||||||
8411 | continue; | ||||||
8412 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8413 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
8414 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8415 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
8416 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName())); | ||||||
8417 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro, | ||||||
8418 | CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); | ||||||
8419 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8420 | } | ||||||
8421 | } | ||||||
8422 | |||||||
8423 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8424 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8425 | } | ||||||
8426 | |||||||
8427 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) { | ||||||
8428 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8429 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8430 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective); | ||||||
8431 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8432 | |||||||
8433 | // #if <condition> | ||||||
8434 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
8435 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8436 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if"); | ||||||
8437 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8438 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
8439 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8440 | |||||||
8441 | // #ifdef <macro> | ||||||
8442 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef"); | ||||||
8443 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8444 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||||
8445 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8446 | |||||||
8447 | // #ifndef <macro> | ||||||
8448 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef"); | ||||||
8449 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8450 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||||
8451 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8452 | |||||||
8453 | if (InConditional) { | ||||||
8454 | // #elif <condition> | ||||||
8455 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif"); | ||||||
8456 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8457 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||||
8458 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8459 | |||||||
8460 | // #else | ||||||
8461 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else"); | ||||||
8462 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8463 | |||||||
8464 | // #endif | ||||||
8465 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif"); | ||||||
8466 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8467 | } | ||||||
8468 | |||||||
8469 | // #include "header" | ||||||
8470 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include"); | ||||||
8471 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8472 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8473 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||||
8474 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8475 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8476 | |||||||
8477 | // #include <header> | ||||||
8478 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include"); | ||||||
8479 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8480 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<"); | ||||||
8481 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||||
8482 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">"); | ||||||
8483 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8484 | |||||||
8485 | // #define <macro> | ||||||
8486 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define"); | ||||||
8487 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8488 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||||
8489 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8490 | |||||||
8491 | // #define <macro>(<args>) | ||||||
8492 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define"); | ||||||
8493 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8494 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||||
8495 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8496 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args"); | ||||||
8497 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8498 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8499 | |||||||
8500 | // #undef <macro> | ||||||
8501 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef"); | ||||||
8502 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8503 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||||
8504 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8505 | |||||||
8506 | // #line <number> | ||||||
8507 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line"); | ||||||
8508 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8509 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number"); | ||||||
8510 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8511 | |||||||
8512 | // #line <number> "filename" | ||||||
8513 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line"); | ||||||
8514 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8515 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number"); | ||||||
8516 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8517 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8518 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename"); | ||||||
8519 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8520 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8521 | |||||||
8522 | // #error <message> | ||||||
8523 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error"); | ||||||
8524 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8525 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); | ||||||
8526 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8527 | |||||||
8528 | // #pragma <arguments> | ||||||
8529 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma"); | ||||||
8530 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8531 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments"); | ||||||
8532 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8533 | |||||||
8534 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||||
8535 | // #import "header" | ||||||
8536 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import"); | ||||||
8537 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8538 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8539 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||||
8540 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8541 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8542 | |||||||
8543 | // #import <header> | ||||||
8544 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import"); | ||||||
8545 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8546 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<"); | ||||||
8547 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||||
8548 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">"); | ||||||
8549 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8550 | } | ||||||
8551 | |||||||
8552 | // #include_next "header" | ||||||
8553 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next"); | ||||||
8554 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8555 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8556 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||||
8557 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||||
8558 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8559 | |||||||
8560 | // #include_next <header> | ||||||
8561 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next"); | ||||||
8562 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8563 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<"); | ||||||
8564 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||||
8565 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">"); | ||||||
8566 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8567 | |||||||
8568 | // #warning <message> | ||||||
8569 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning"); | ||||||
8570 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8571 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); | ||||||
8572 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8573 | |||||||
8574 | // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide | ||||||
8575 | // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension | ||||||
8576 | // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use. | ||||||
8577 | |||||||
8578 | // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them. | ||||||
8579 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8580 | |||||||
8581 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8582 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8583 | } | ||||||
8584 | |||||||
8585 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) { | ||||||
8586 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction | ||||||
8587 | : Sema::PCC_Namespace); | ||||||
8588 | } | ||||||
8589 | |||||||
8590 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) { | ||||||
8591 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8592 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8593 | IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName | ||||||
8594 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse); | ||||||
8595 | if (!IsDefinition && (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())) { | ||||||
8596 | // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments. | ||||||
8597 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
8598 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8599 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8600 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(), | ||||||
8601 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(); | ||||||
8602 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||||
8603 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||||
8604 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName())); | ||||||
8605 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( | ||||||
8606 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); | ||||||
8607 | } | ||||||
8608 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8609 | } else if (IsDefinition) { | ||||||
8610 | // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above? | ||||||
8611 | } | ||||||
8612 | |||||||
8613 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8614 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8615 | } | ||||||
8616 | |||||||
8617 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() { | ||||||
8618 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8619 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8620 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression); | ||||||
8621 | |||||||
8622 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
8623 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, | ||||||
8624 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true); | ||||||
8625 | |||||||
8626 | // defined (<macro>) | ||||||
8627 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8628 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||||
8629 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8630 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined"); | ||||||
8631 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||||
8632 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||||
8633 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||||
8634 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||||
8635 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||||
8636 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8637 | |||||||
8638 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8639 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8640 | } | ||||||
8641 | |||||||
8642 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, | ||||||
8643 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, | ||||||
8644 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, | ||||||
8645 | unsigned Argument) { | ||||||
8646 | // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we | ||||||
8647 | // do for function calls. | ||||||
8648 | |||||||
8649 | // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback | ||||||
8650 | // for the expanded tokens. | ||||||
8651 | } | ||||||
8652 | |||||||
8653 | // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba | ||||||
8654 | // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path, | ||||||
8655 | // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include. | ||||||
8656 | void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) { | ||||||
8657 | // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows! | ||||||
8658 | // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare. | ||||||
8659 | std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir); | ||||||
8660 | // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions. | ||||||
8661 | SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir); | ||||||
8662 | llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir); | ||||||
8663 | llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS = | ||||||
8664 | getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem(); | ||||||
8665 | |||||||
8666 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8667 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8668 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile); | ||||||
8669 | llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results. | ||||||
8670 | |||||||
8671 | // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result. | ||||||
8672 | auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) { | ||||||
8673 | SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename; | ||||||
8674 | // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/ | ||||||
8675 | TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"'); | ||||||
8676 | auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk); | ||||||
8677 | if (R.second) { // New completion | ||||||
8678 | const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk); | ||||||
8679 | *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef. | ||||||
8680 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8681 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||||
8682 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped); | ||||||
8683 | // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque. | ||||||
8684 | // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking. | ||||||
8685 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||||
8686 | } | ||||||
8687 | }; | ||||||
8688 | |||||||
8689 | // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each. | ||||||
8690 | auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir, | ||||||
8691 | bool IsSystem, | ||||||
8692 | DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) { | ||||||
8693 | llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir; | ||||||
8694 | if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) { | ||||||
8695 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) { | ||||||
8696 | // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to | ||||||
8697 | // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/. | ||||||
8698 | auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir); | ||||||
8699 | auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir); | ||||||
8700 | |||||||
8701 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework", "Headers"); | ||||||
8702 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End); | ||||||
8703 | } else { | ||||||
8704 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir); | ||||||
8705 | } | ||||||
8706 | } | ||||||
8707 | |||||||
8708 | std::error_code EC; | ||||||
8709 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||||
8710 | for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC); | ||||||
8711 | !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) { | ||||||
8712 | if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory, | ||||||
8713 | break; // bail out early so we're not too slow. | ||||||
8714 | StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path()); | ||||||
8715 | switch (It->type()) { | ||||||
8716 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file: | ||||||
8717 | // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix, | ||||||
8718 | // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import. | ||||||
8719 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework && | ||||||
8720 | NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework")) | ||||||
8721 | break; | ||||||
8722 | |||||||
8723 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true); | ||||||
8724 | break; | ||||||
8725 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: | ||||||
8726 | // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in system dirs). | ||||||
8727 | if (!IsSystem) { | ||||||
8728 | // Header extensions from Types.def, which we can't depend on here. | ||||||
8729 | if (!(Filename.endswith_lower(".h") || | ||||||
8730 | Filename.endswith_lower(".hh") || | ||||||
8731 | Filename.endswith_lower(".hpp") || | ||||||
8732 | Filename.endswith_lower(".inc"))) | ||||||
8733 | break; | ||||||
8734 | } | ||||||
8735 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false); | ||||||
8736 | break; | ||||||
8737 | default: | ||||||
8738 | break; | ||||||
8739 | } | ||||||
8740 | } | ||||||
8741 | }; | ||||||
8742 | |||||||
8743 | // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible. | ||||||
8744 | auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir, | ||||||
8745 | bool IsSystem) { | ||||||
8746 | switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) { | ||||||
8747 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap: | ||||||
8748 | // header maps are not (currently) enumerable. | ||||||
8749 | break; | ||||||
8750 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir: | ||||||
8751 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem, | ||||||
8752 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); | ||||||
8753 | break; | ||||||
8754 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework: | ||||||
8755 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem, | ||||||
8756 | DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework); | ||||||
8757 | break; | ||||||
8758 | } | ||||||
8759 | }; | ||||||
8760 | |||||||
8761 | // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path. | ||||||
8762 | // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file. | ||||||
8763 | // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later). | ||||||
8764 | const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); | ||||||
8765 | using llvm::make_range; | ||||||
8766 | if (!Angled) { | ||||||
8767 | // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes. | ||||||
8768 | auto *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry(); | ||||||
8769 | if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir()) | ||||||
8770 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false, | ||||||
8771 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); | ||||||
8772 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end())) | ||||||
8773 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); | ||||||
8774 | } | ||||||
8775 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end())) | ||||||
8776 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); | ||||||
8777 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end())) | ||||||
8778 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true); | ||||||
8779 | |||||||
8780 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8781 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8782 | } | ||||||
8783 | |||||||
8784 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() { | ||||||
8785 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, | ||||||
8786 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr, | ||||||
8787 | 0); | ||||||
8788 | } | ||||||
8789 | |||||||
8790 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() { | ||||||
8791 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||||
8792 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||||
8793 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||||
8794 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||||
8795 | static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"}; | ||||||
8796 | for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) { | ||||||
8797 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform)); | ||||||
8798 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||||
8799 | Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension"))); | ||||||
8800 | } | ||||||
8801 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||||
8802 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||||
8803 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||||
8804 | } | ||||||
8805 | |||||||
8806 | void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions( | ||||||
8807 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||||
8808 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) { | ||||||
8809 | ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo, | ||||||
8810 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery); | ||||||
8811 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||||
8812 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder, | ||||||
8813 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | ||||||
8814 | LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName, | ||||||
8815 | Consumer, | ||||||
8816 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||||
8817 | } | ||||||
8818 | |||||||
8819 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||||
8820 | AddMacroResults(PP, Builder, | ||||||
8821 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true); | ||||||
8822 | |||||||
8823 | Results.clear(); | ||||||
8824 | Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(), | ||||||
8825 | Builder.data() + Builder.size()); | ||||||
8826 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | namespace serialization { |
70 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
71 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
72 | } |
73 | |
74 | } // namespace clang |
75 | |
76 | namespace llvm { |
77 | |
78 | template <typename T> |
79 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
80 | template<> |
81 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
82 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
83 | |
84 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
85 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
86 | } |
87 | |
88 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
89 | }; |
90 | |
91 | template<> |
92 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
93 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
94 | |
95 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
96 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
97 | } |
98 | |
99 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
100 | }; |
101 | |
102 | } // namespace llvm |
103 | |
104 | namespace clang { |
105 | |
106 | class ASTContext; |
107 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
108 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
109 | class DeclContext; |
110 | class EnumDecl; |
111 | class Expr; |
112 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
113 | class FunctionDecl; |
114 | class IdentifierInfo; |
115 | class NamedDecl; |
116 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
117 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
118 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
119 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
120 | class RecordDecl; |
121 | class Stmt; |
122 | class TagDecl; |
123 | class TemplateArgument; |
124 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
125 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
126 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
127 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
128 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
129 | |
130 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
131 | |
132 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
133 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
134 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
135 | |
136 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
137 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
138 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
139 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
140 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
141 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
142 | class Qualifiers { |
143 | public: |
144 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
145 | Const = 0x1, |
146 | Restrict = 0x2, |
147 | Volatile = 0x4, |
148 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
149 | }; |
150 | |
151 | enum GC { |
152 | GCNone = 0, |
153 | Weak, |
154 | Strong |
155 | }; |
156 | |
157 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
158 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
159 | OCL_None, |
160 | |
161 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
162 | /// releases. |
163 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
164 | |
165 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
166 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
167 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
168 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
169 | /// live. |
170 | OCL_Strong, |
171 | |
172 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
173 | OCL_Weak, |
174 | |
175 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
176 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
177 | }; |
178 | |
179 | enum { |
180 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
181 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
182 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
183 | |
184 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
185 | FastWidth = 3, |
186 | |
187 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
188 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
189 | }; |
190 | |
191 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
192 | /// the given sets. |
193 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
194 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
195 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
196 | Qualifiers Q; |
197 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
198 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
199 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
200 | return Q; |
201 | } |
202 | |
203 | Qualifiers Q; |
204 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
205 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
206 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
207 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
208 | |
209 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
210 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
211 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
212 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
216 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
217 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
218 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
222 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
223 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
224 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
225 | } |
226 | return Q; |
227 | } |
228 | |
229 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
230 | Qualifiers Qs; |
231 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
232 | return Qs; |
233 | } |
234 | |
235 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
236 | Qualifiers Qs; |
237 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
238 | return Qs; |
239 | } |
240 | |
241 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
242 | Qualifiers Qs; |
243 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
244 | return Qs; |
245 | } |
246 | |
247 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
248 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
249 | Qualifiers Qs; |
250 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
251 | return Qs; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
255 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
256 | return Mask; |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
261 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
262 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
266 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
267 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
270 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
271 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
272 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
273 | |
274 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
275 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
276 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
277 | |
278 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
279 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
280 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
281 | } |
282 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
283 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
284 | Mask &= ~mask; |
285 | } |
286 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
287 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
288 | } |
289 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
290 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 290, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
291 | Mask |= mask; |
292 | } |
293 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
294 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 294, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
295 | Mask |= mask; |
296 | } |
297 | |
298 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
299 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
300 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
301 | } |
302 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
303 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
304 | |
305 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
306 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
307 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
308 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
309 | } |
310 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
311 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
312 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 312, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
313 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
326 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
327 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
328 | return qs; |
329 | } |
330 | |
331 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
332 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
333 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
334 | } |
335 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
336 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
337 | } |
338 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
339 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
340 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
341 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 341, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
342 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
343 | } |
344 | |
345 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
346 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
347 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
348 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
349 | } |
350 | |
351 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
352 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
353 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
354 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
355 | } |
356 | |
357 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
358 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
359 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
360 | } |
361 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
362 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
363 | } |
364 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
365 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
366 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
367 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
368 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
369 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
370 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 370, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
371 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
372 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
373 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
374 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
375 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
376 | return 0; |
377 | } |
378 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
379 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 379, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
380 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
381 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
382 | } |
383 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
384 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
385 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 385, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
386 | setAddressSpace(space); |
387 | } |
388 | |
389 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
390 | // on a QualType object. |
391 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
392 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
393 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
394 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
395 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
396 | } |
397 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
398 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
399 | Mask &= ~mask; |
400 | } |
401 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
402 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
403 | } |
404 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
405 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
406 | Mask |= mask; |
407 | } |
408 | |
409 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
410 | /// node to be allocated. |
411 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
412 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
413 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
414 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
415 | return Quals; |
416 | } |
417 | |
418 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
419 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
420 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
421 | |
422 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
423 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
424 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
425 | // bit-or it in. |
426 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
427 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
428 | else { |
429 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
430 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
431 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
432 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
433 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
434 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
435 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
436 | } |
437 | } |
438 | |
439 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
440 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
441 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
442 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
443 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
444 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
445 | else { |
446 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
447 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
448 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
449 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
450 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
451 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
452 | removeAddressSpace(); |
453 | } |
454 | } |
455 | |
456 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
457 | /// they don't conflict. |
458 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
459 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
460 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
461 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
462 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
463 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
464 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
465 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
466 | } |
467 | |
468 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
469 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
470 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
471 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
472 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
473 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
474 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
475 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
476 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
477 | return A == B || |
478 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
479 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
480 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
481 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
482 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
483 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)); |
484 | } |
485 | |
486 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
487 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
488 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
489 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
490 | } |
491 | |
492 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
493 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
494 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
495 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
496 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
497 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
498 | // be changed. |
499 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
500 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
501 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
502 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
503 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
504 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
505 | // U qualifier may superset. |
506 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
507 | } |
508 | |
509 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
510 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
511 | /// |
512 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
513 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
514 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
515 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
516 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
517 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
518 | return true; |
519 | |
520 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
521 | return false; |
522 | |
523 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
524 | return true; |
525 | |
526 | return hasConst(); |
527 | } |
528 | |
529 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
530 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
531 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
532 | |
533 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
534 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
535 | |
536 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
537 | |
538 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
539 | addQualifiers(R); |
540 | return *this; |
541 | } |
542 | |
543 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
544 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
545 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
546 | L += R; |
547 | return L; |
548 | } |
549 | |
550 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
551 | removeQualifiers(R); |
552 | return *this; |
553 | } |
554 | |
555 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
556 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
557 | L -= R; |
558 | return L; |
559 | } |
560 | |
561 | std::string getAsString() const; |
562 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
563 | |
564 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
565 | |
566 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
567 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
568 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
569 | |
570 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
571 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
572 | } |
573 | |
574 | private: |
575 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
576 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
577 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
578 | |
579 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
580 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
581 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
582 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
583 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
584 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
585 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
586 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
587 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
588 | }; |
589 | |
590 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
591 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
592 | struct SplitQualType { |
593 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
594 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
595 | |
596 | /// The local qualifiers. |
597 | Qualifiers Quals; |
598 | |
599 | SplitQualType() = default; |
600 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
601 | |
602 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
603 | |
604 | // Make std::tie work. |
605 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
606 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
607 | } |
608 | |
609 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
610 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
611 | } |
612 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
613 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
614 | } |
615 | }; |
616 | |
617 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
618 | /// |
619 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
620 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
621 | /// unspecialized type. |
622 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
623 | /// An ordinary type. |
624 | Ordinary, |
625 | |
626 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
627 | Result, |
628 | |
629 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
630 | Parameter, |
631 | |
632 | /// The type of a property. |
633 | Property, |
634 | |
635 | /// The superclass of a type. |
636 | Superclass, |
637 | }; |
638 | |
639 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
640 | /// |
641 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
642 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
643 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
644 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
645 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
646 | /// |
647 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
648 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
649 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
650 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
651 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
652 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
653 | class QualType { |
654 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
655 | |
656 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
657 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
658 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
659 | |
660 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
661 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
662 | } |
663 | |
664 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
665 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
666 | } |
667 | |
668 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
669 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 669, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
670 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
671 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
672 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | public: |
676 | QualType() = default; |
677 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
678 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
679 | |
680 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
681 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
682 | |
683 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
684 | /// |
685 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
686 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
687 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
688 | |
689 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
690 | |
691 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
692 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
693 | |
694 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
695 | /// qualifiers. |
696 | SplitQualType split() const; |
697 | |
698 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
699 | |
700 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
701 | QualType T; |
702 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
703 | return T; |
704 | } |
705 | |
706 | const Type &operator*() const { |
707 | return *getTypePtr(); |
708 | } |
709 | |
710 | const Type *operator->() const { |
711 | return getTypePtr(); |
712 | } |
713 | |
714 | bool isCanonical() const; |
715 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
716 | |
717 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
718 | bool isNull() const { |
719 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
730 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
740 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
743 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
744 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
745 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
746 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
750 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
754 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
755 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
756 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
760 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
761 | |
762 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
763 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
764 | /// instance. |
765 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
766 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
767 | } |
768 | |
769 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
770 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
771 | /// other sugar. |
772 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
775 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
776 | |
777 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
778 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
779 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
780 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
781 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
782 | } |
783 | |
784 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
785 | /// applied to this type. |
786 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
787 | |
788 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
789 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
790 | } |
791 | |
792 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
793 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
796 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
797 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
798 | |
799 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
800 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
801 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
802 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
803 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
806 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
807 | |
808 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
809 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
810 | |
811 | |
812 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
813 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
814 | |
815 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
816 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
817 | |
818 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
819 | // easily added. |
820 | |
821 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
822 | void addConst() { |
823 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
824 | } |
825 | QualType withConst() const { |
826 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
827 | } |
828 | |
829 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
830 | void addVolatile() { |
831 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
832 | } |
833 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
834 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
835 | } |
836 | |
837 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
838 | void addRestrict() { |
839 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
840 | } |
841 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
842 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
846 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
847 | } |
848 | |
849 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
850 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
851 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
852 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
853 | } |
854 | |
855 | void removeLocalConst(); |
856 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
857 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
858 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
859 | |
860 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
861 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
862 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 862, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
863 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
864 | } |
865 | |
866 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
867 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
868 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
869 | QualType T = *this; |
870 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
871 | return T; |
872 | } |
873 | |
874 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
875 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
876 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
877 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
878 | } |
879 | |
880 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
881 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
882 | QualType T = *this; |
883 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
884 | return T; |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
888 | |
889 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
890 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
891 | /// through typedefs. |
892 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
893 | |
894 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
895 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
896 | /// |
897 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
898 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
899 | /// |
900 | /// \code |
901 | /// typedef int Integer; |
902 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
903 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
904 | /// \endcode |
905 | /// |
906 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
907 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
908 | /// |
909 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
910 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
911 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
912 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
913 | |
914 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
915 | /// sugar as possible. |
916 | /// |
917 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
918 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
919 | /// |
920 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
921 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
922 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
923 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
926 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
927 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
928 | |
929 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
930 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
931 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
932 | |
933 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
936 | /// specified result type. |
937 | /// |
938 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
939 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
940 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
941 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
942 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
943 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
944 | |
945 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
946 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
947 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
948 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
949 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
950 | /// concrete. |
951 | /// |
952 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
953 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
954 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
955 | } |
956 | |
957 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
958 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
959 | } |
960 | |
961 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
962 | /// the type. |
963 | /// |
964 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
965 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
966 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
967 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
968 | } |
969 | |
970 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
971 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
972 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
973 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
974 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
975 | return *this; |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
979 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
980 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
981 | } |
982 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
983 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
984 | } |
985 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
986 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
987 | } |
988 | |
989 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
990 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
991 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
992 | } |
993 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
995 | |
996 | std::string getAsString() const; |
997 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
998 | |
999 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1000 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1001 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1002 | |
1003 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1004 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1005 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1006 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1007 | } |
1008 | |
1009 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1010 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1011 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1012 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1013 | |
1014 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1015 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1016 | |
1017 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1019 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1020 | } |
1021 | |
1022 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1023 | std::string &out, |
1024 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1025 | |
1026 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1027 | const QualType &T; |
1028 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1029 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1030 | unsigned Indentation; |
1031 | |
1032 | public: |
1033 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1034 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1035 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1036 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1037 | |
1038 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1039 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1040 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1041 | return OS; |
1042 | } |
1043 | }; |
1044 | |
1045 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1046 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1047 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1048 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1049 | } |
1050 | |
1051 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1052 | void dump() const; |
1053 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1054 | |
1055 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1056 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1057 | } |
1058 | |
1059 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1060 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1061 | |
1062 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1063 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1066 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1067 | |
1068 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1069 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1070 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1071 | } |
1072 | |
1073 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1074 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1075 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1079 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1080 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1081 | } |
1082 | |
1083 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1084 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1085 | } |
1086 | |
1087 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1088 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1089 | } |
1090 | |
1091 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1092 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1093 | |
1094 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1095 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1096 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1097 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1098 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1099 | |
1100 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1101 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1102 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1103 | |
1104 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1105 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1106 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1107 | |
1108 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1109 | PDIK_Struct |
1110 | }; |
1111 | |
1112 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1115 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1116 | /// and return the kind. |
1117 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1118 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1119 | |
1120 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1121 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1122 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1123 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1124 | PCK_Trivial, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1127 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1128 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1129 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1130 | |
1131 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1132 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1133 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1134 | |
1135 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1136 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1137 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1138 | |
1139 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1140 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1141 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1142 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1143 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1144 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1145 | PCK_Struct |
1146 | }; |
1147 | |
1148 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1149 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1150 | /// kind. |
1151 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1152 | |
1153 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1154 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1155 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1156 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1157 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1158 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1159 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1160 | |
1161 | enum DestructionKind { |
1162 | DK_none, |
1163 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1164 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1165 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1166 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1167 | }; |
1168 | |
1169 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1170 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1171 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1172 | /// something require destruction. |
1173 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1174 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1175 | } |
1176 | |
1177 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1178 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1179 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1180 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1181 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1182 | |
1183 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1184 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1185 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1186 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1187 | |
1188 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1189 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1190 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1191 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1192 | |
1193 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1194 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1195 | /// |
1196 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1197 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1198 | /// - function types |
1199 | /// |
1200 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1201 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1202 | /// type other than void. |
1203 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1206 | /// subject type. |
1207 | /// |
1208 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1209 | /// |
1210 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1211 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1212 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1213 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1214 | /// for the context. |
1215 | /// |
1216 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1219 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1220 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1221 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1222 | |
1223 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1224 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1227 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1228 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1229 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1230 | /// |
1231 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1232 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1233 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1234 | /// |
1235 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1236 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1237 | /// be substituted. |
1238 | /// |
1239 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1240 | /// |
1241 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1242 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1243 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1244 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1245 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1246 | |
1247 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1248 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1249 | |
1250 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1251 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1252 | |
1253 | private: |
1254 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1255 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1256 | // caller. |
1257 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1258 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1259 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1260 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1261 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1262 | const ASTContext &C); |
1263 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1264 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1265 | |
1266 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1267 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1268 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1269 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1270 | }; |
1271 | |
1272 | } // namespace clang |
1273 | |
1274 | namespace llvm { |
1275 | |
1276 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1277 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1278 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1279 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1280 | |
1281 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1282 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1283 | } |
1284 | }; |
1285 | |
1286 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1287 | template<> |
1288 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1289 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1290 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1291 | } |
1292 | |
1293 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1294 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1295 | } |
1296 | |
1297 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1298 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1299 | }; |
1300 | |
1301 | } // namespace llvm |
1302 | |
1303 | namespace clang { |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1306 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1307 | /// two. |
1308 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1309 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1310 | friend class QualType; |
1311 | friend class Type; |
1312 | |
1313 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1314 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1315 | /// |
1316 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1317 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1318 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1319 | |
1320 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1321 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1322 | |
1323 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1324 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1325 | }; |
1326 | |
1327 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1328 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1329 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1330 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1331 | /// store qualifiers. |
1332 | /// |
1333 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1334 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1335 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1336 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1337 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1338 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1339 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1340 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1341 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1342 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1343 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1344 | // 2. QualType: |
1345 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1346 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1347 | // this header. |
1348 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1349 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1350 | |
1351 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1352 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1353 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1354 | |
1355 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1356 | |
1357 | public: |
1358 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1359 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1360 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1361 | Quals(quals) { |
1362 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1363 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1364 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1365 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1366 | } |
1367 | |
1368 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1369 | |
1370 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1371 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1372 | |
1373 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1374 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1375 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1376 | } |
1377 | |
1378 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1379 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1380 | |
1381 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1382 | |
1383 | public: |
1384 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1385 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1386 | } |
1387 | |
1388 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1389 | const Type *BaseType, |
1390 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1391 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1392 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1393 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1394 | } |
1395 | }; |
1396 | |
1397 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1398 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1399 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1400 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1401 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1402 | RQ_None = 0, |
1403 | |
1404 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1405 | RQ_LValue, |
1406 | |
1407 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1408 | RQ_RValue |
1409 | }; |
1410 | |
1411 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1412 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1413 | /// auto |
1414 | Auto, |
1415 | |
1416 | /// decltype(auto) |
1417 | DecltypeAuto, |
1418 | |
1419 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1420 | GNUAutoType |
1421 | }; |
1422 | |
1423 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1424 | /// |
1425 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1426 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1427 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1428 | /// |
1429 | /// typedef int foo; |
1430 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1431 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1432 | /// |
1433 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1434 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1435 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1436 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1437 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1438 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1439 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1440 | /// |
1441 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1442 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1443 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1444 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1445 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1446 | /// |
1447 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1448 | /// |
1449 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1450 | public: |
1451 | enum TypeClass { |
1452 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1453 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1454 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1455 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1456 | }; |
1457 | |
1458 | private: |
1459 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1460 | class TypeBitfields { |
1461 | friend class Type; |
1462 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1465 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1466 | |
1467 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1468 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1469 | |
1470 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1471 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1472 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1473 | |
1474 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1475 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1476 | |
1477 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1478 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1479 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1482 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1483 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1484 | |
1485 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1486 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1487 | |
1488 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1489 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1490 | |
1491 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1492 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1493 | |
1494 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1495 | return CacheValid; |
1496 | } |
1497 | |
1498 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1499 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1499, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1500 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1501 | } |
1502 | |
1503 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1504 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1505 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1506 | } |
1507 | }; |
1508 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1509 | |
1510 | protected: |
1511 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1512 | // into Type. |
1513 | |
1514 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1515 | friend class ArrayType; |
1516 | |
1517 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1518 | |
1519 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1520 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1521 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1522 | |
1523 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1524 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1525 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1526 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1527 | }; |
1528 | |
1529 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1530 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1531 | |
1532 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1535 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1536 | }; |
1537 | |
1538 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1539 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1540 | |
1541 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1544 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1545 | }; |
1546 | |
1547 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1548 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1549 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1550 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1551 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1552 | friend class FunctionType; |
1553 | |
1554 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1555 | |
1556 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1557 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1558 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1559 | |
1560 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1561 | /// |
1562 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1563 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1566 | /// other bitfields. |
1567 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1568 | /// |
1569 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1570 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1571 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1572 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1573 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1574 | |
1575 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1576 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1577 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1578 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1579 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1580 | |
1581 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1582 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1583 | |
1584 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1585 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1586 | |
1587 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1588 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1589 | |
1590 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1591 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1592 | }; |
1593 | |
1594 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1595 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1596 | |
1597 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1598 | |
1599 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1600 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1601 | |
1602 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1603 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1606 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1607 | }; |
1608 | |
1609 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1610 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1611 | |
1612 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1613 | |
1614 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1615 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1616 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1617 | /// as follows: |
1618 | /// |
1619 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1620 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1621 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1622 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1623 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1624 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1625 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1628 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1629 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1630 | }; |
1631 | |
1632 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1633 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1634 | |
1635 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1638 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1639 | }; |
1640 | |
1641 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1642 | |
1643 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1644 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1645 | |
1646 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1647 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1648 | |
1649 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1650 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1651 | }; |
1652 | |
1653 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1654 | friend class VectorType; |
1655 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1656 | |
1657 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1658 | |
1659 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1660 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1661 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1662 | |
1663 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1664 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1665 | |
1666 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1667 | }; |
1668 | |
1669 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1670 | friend class AttributedType; |
1671 | |
1672 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1673 | |
1674 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1675 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1676 | }; |
1677 | |
1678 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1679 | friend class AutoType; |
1680 | |
1681 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1682 | |
1683 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1684 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1685 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1686 | }; |
1687 | |
1688 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1689 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1690 | |
1691 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1692 | |
1693 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1694 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1695 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1696 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1697 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1698 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1699 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1700 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1701 | }; |
1702 | |
1703 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1704 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1705 | |
1706 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1707 | |
1708 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1709 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1710 | |
1711 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1712 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1713 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1714 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1715 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1716 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1717 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1718 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1719 | }; |
1720 | |
1721 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1722 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1723 | |
1724 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1725 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1726 | |
1727 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1728 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1729 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1730 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1731 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1732 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1733 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1734 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1735 | }; |
1736 | |
1737 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1738 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1739 | |
1740 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1741 | |
1742 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1743 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1744 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1745 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1746 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1747 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1748 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1749 | /// |
1750 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1751 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1752 | /// have not. |
1753 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1754 | }; |
1755 | |
1756 | union { |
1757 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1758 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1759 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1760 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1761 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1762 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1763 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1764 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1765 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1766 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1767 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1768 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1769 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1770 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1771 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1772 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1773 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1774 | |
1775 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1776 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1777 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1778 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1779 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1780 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1781 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1782 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1783 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1784 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1785 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1786 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1787 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1788 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1789 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1790 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1791 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1792 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1793 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1794 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1795 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1796 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1797 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1798 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1799 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1800 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1801 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1802 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1803 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1804 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1805 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1806 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1807 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1808 | }; |
1809 | |
1810 | private: |
1811 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1812 | |
1813 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1814 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1815 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1816 | } |
1817 | |
1818 | protected: |
1819 | friend class ASTContext; |
1820 | |
1821 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1822 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1823 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1824 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1825 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1826 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1827 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1828 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1829 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1830 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1831 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1832 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1833 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1834 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1835 | } |
1836 | |
1837 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1838 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1839 | |
1840 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1841 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1842 | if (D) |
1843 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1844 | } |
1845 | |
1846 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1847 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1848 | |
1849 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1850 | |
1851 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1852 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1853 | } |
1854 | |
1855 | public: |
1856 | friend class ASTReader; |
1857 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1858 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1859 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1860 | |
1861 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1862 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1863 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1864 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1865 | |
1866 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1867 | |
1868 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1869 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1872 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1873 | /// |
1874 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1875 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1876 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1877 | /// |
1878 | /// \code |
1879 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1880 | /// struct X { |
1881 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1882 | /// }; |
1883 | /// \endcode |
1884 | /// |
1885 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1886 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1887 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1888 | } |
1889 | |
1890 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1891 | /// qualification. |
1892 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1893 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1894 | } |
1895 | |
1896 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1897 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1898 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1899 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1900 | |
1901 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1902 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1903 | |
1904 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1905 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1906 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1907 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1908 | /// |
1909 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1910 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1911 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1912 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1915 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1916 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1917 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1918 | } |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1921 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1922 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1923 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1924 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1925 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1926 | } |
1927 | |
1928 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1929 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1930 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1931 | |
1932 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1933 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1934 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1935 | |
1936 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1937 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1938 | |
1939 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1940 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1941 | |
1942 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1943 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1944 | |
1945 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1946 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1947 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1948 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1949 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1950 | |
1951 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1952 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1955 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1956 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1957 | |
1958 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1959 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1960 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1961 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1962 | |
1963 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1964 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1965 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1966 | bool isCharType() const; |
1967 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1968 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1969 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1970 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1971 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1972 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1973 | |
1974 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1975 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1976 | |
1977 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1978 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1979 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1980 | |
1981 | /// Floating point categories. |
1982 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1983 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1984 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1985 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1986 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1987 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1988 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1989 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1990 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1991 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1992 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1993 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1994 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1995 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1996 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1997 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1998 | |
1999 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2000 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2001 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2002 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2003 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2004 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2005 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2006 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2007 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2008 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2009 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2010 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2011 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2012 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2013 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2014 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2015 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2016 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2017 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2018 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2019 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2020 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2021 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2022 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2023 | bool isClassType() const; |
2024 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2025 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2026 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2027 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2028 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2029 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2030 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2031 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2032 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2033 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2034 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2035 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2036 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2037 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2038 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2039 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2040 | // for the common case. |
2041 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2042 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2043 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2044 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2045 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2046 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2047 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2048 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2049 | /// qualifier? |
2050 | /// |
2051 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2052 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2053 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2054 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2055 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2056 | } |
2057 | |
2058 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2059 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2060 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2061 | /// |
2062 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2063 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2064 | /// null for 'id. |
2065 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2066 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2067 | |
2068 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2069 | |
2070 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2071 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2072 | /// |
2073 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2074 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2075 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2076 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2077 | |
2078 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2079 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2080 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2081 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2082 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2083 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2084 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2085 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2086 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2087 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2088 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2089 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2090 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2091 | |
2092 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2093 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2094 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2095 | |
2096 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2097 | |
2098 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2099 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2100 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2101 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2102 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2103 | |
2104 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2105 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2106 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2107 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2108 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2109 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2110 | |
2111 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2112 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2113 | |
2114 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2115 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2116 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2117 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2118 | |
2119 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2120 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2121 | |
2122 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2123 | STK_CPointer, |
2124 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2125 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2126 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2127 | STK_Bool, |
2128 | STK_Integral, |
2129 | STK_Floating, |
2130 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2131 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2132 | STK_FixedPoint |
2133 | }; |
2134 | |
2135 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2136 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2139 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2140 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2141 | |
2142 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2143 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2144 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2145 | /// template parameter). |
2146 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2147 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2148 | } |
2149 | |
2150 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2151 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2152 | /// deduced. |
2153 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2154 | |
2155 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2156 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2157 | |
2158 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2159 | /// with a definite size. |
2160 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2161 | |
2162 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2163 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2164 | |
2165 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2166 | |
2167 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2168 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2169 | |
2170 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2171 | |
2172 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2173 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2174 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2175 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2178 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2179 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2182 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2183 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2184 | |
2185 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2186 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2187 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2188 | |
2189 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2190 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2191 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2192 | |
2193 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2194 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2195 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2198 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2199 | // the best type we can. |
2200 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2201 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2202 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2203 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2204 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2205 | |
2206 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2207 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2208 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2209 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2210 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2211 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2212 | |
2213 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2214 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2215 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2216 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2217 | |
2218 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2219 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2222 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2223 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2224 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2225 | |
2226 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2227 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2228 | /// |
2229 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2230 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2231 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2232 | |
2233 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2234 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2235 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2236 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2237 | |
2238 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2239 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2240 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2241 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2242 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2243 | } |
2244 | |
2245 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2246 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2247 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2248 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2251 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2252 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2253 | /// |
2254 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2255 | /// immediately following this class. |
2256 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2259 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2260 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2261 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2262 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2263 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2264 | |
2265 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2266 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2267 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2268 | |
2269 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2270 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2271 | /// |
2272 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2273 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2274 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2275 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2276 | |
2277 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2278 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2279 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2280 | |
2281 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2282 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2283 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2284 | |
2285 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2286 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2287 | /// are meaningful. |
2288 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2289 | |
2290 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2291 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2292 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2293 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2294 | |
2295 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2296 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2297 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2298 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2301 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2302 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2305 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2306 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2307 | |
2308 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2309 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2310 | |
2311 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2312 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2313 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2314 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2315 | |
2316 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2317 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2318 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2319 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2322 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2323 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2326 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2327 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2328 | |
2329 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2330 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2331 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2332 | |
2333 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2334 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2335 | |
2336 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2337 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2338 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2341 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2342 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2343 | |
2344 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2345 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2346 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2349 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2350 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2353 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2354 | /// incomplete types. |
2355 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2356 | |
2357 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2358 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2359 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2360 | |
2361 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2362 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2363 | |
2364 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2365 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2366 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2367 | } |
2368 | |
2369 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2370 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2371 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2372 | } |
2373 | |
2374 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2375 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2376 | |
2377 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2378 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2379 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2380 | |
2381 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2382 | /// |
2383 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2384 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2385 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2386 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2387 | |
2388 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2389 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2390 | /// |
2391 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2392 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2393 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2394 | |
2395 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2396 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2397 | /// |
2398 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2399 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2400 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2401 | /// |
2402 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2403 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2404 | /// category, or method within. |
2405 | /// |
2406 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2407 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2408 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2409 | /// substitution is required. |
2410 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2411 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2414 | /// parameters. |
2415 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2416 | |
2417 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2418 | |
2419 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2420 | return CanonicalType; |
2421 | } |
2422 | |
2423 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2424 | void dump() const; |
2425 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2426 | }; |
2427 | |
2428 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2429 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2430 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2431 | |
2432 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2433 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2434 | /// non-sugared type. |
2435 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2436 | |
2437 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2438 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2439 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2440 | |
2441 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2442 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2443 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2444 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2445 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2446 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2447 | } \ |
2448 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2449 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2450 | } |
2451 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2452 | |
2453 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2454 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2455 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2456 | public: |
2457 | enum Kind { |
2458 | // OpenCL image types |
2459 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2460 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2461 | // OpenCL extension types |
2462 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2463 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2464 | // SVE Types |
2465 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2466 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2467 | // All other builtin types |
2468 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2469 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2470 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2471 | }; |
2472 | |
2473 | private: |
2474 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2475 | |
2476 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2477 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2478 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2479 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2480 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2481 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2482 | } |
2483 | |
2484 | public: |
2485 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2486 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2487 | |
2488 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2489 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2490 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2491 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2492 | return str.data(); |
2493 | } |
2494 | |
2495 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2496 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2497 | |
2498 | bool isInteger() const { |
2499 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2500 | } |
2501 | |
2502 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2503 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2504 | } |
2505 | |
2506 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2507 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2508 | } |
2509 | |
2510 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2511 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2512 | } |
2513 | |
2514 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2515 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2516 | return K >= Overload; |
2517 | } |
2518 | |
2519 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2520 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2521 | /// expression. |
2522 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2523 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2524 | } |
2525 | |
2526 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2527 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2528 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2529 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2530 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2531 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2532 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2533 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2534 | /// special treatment. |
2535 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2536 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2540 | }; |
2541 | |
2542 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2543 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2544 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2545 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2546 | |
2547 | QualType ElementType; |
2548 | |
2549 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2550 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2551 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2552 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2553 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2554 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2555 | |
2556 | public: |
2557 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2558 | |
2559 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2560 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2561 | |
2562 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2563 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2564 | } |
2565 | |
2566 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2567 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2568 | } |
2569 | |
2570 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2571 | }; |
2572 | |
2573 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2574 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2575 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2576 | |
2577 | QualType Inner; |
2578 | |
2579 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2580 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2581 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2582 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2583 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2584 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2585 | |
2586 | public: |
2587 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2588 | |
2589 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2590 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2591 | |
2592 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2593 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2594 | } |
2595 | |
2596 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2597 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2598 | } |
2599 | |
2600 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2601 | }; |
2602 | |
2603 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2604 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2605 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2606 | |
2607 | QualType PointeeType; |
2608 | |
2609 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2610 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2611 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2612 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2613 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2614 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2615 | |
2616 | public: |
2617 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2618 | |
2619 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2620 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2621 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2622 | /// address spaces. |
2623 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2624 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2625 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2626 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2627 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2628 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2629 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2630 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2631 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2632 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2633 | } |
2634 | |
2635 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2636 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2637 | |
2638 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2639 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2640 | } |
2641 | |
2642 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2643 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2644 | } |
2645 | |
2646 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2647 | }; |
2648 | |
2649 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2650 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2651 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2652 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2653 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2654 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2655 | |
2656 | protected: |
2657 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2658 | |
2659 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2660 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2661 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2662 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2663 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2664 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2665 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2666 | |
2667 | public: |
2668 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2669 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2670 | |
2671 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2672 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2673 | |
2674 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2675 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2676 | } |
2677 | |
2678 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2679 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2680 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2681 | } |
2682 | |
2683 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2684 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2685 | } |
2686 | }; |
2687 | |
2688 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2689 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2690 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2691 | |
2692 | inline |
2693 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2694 | |
2695 | public: |
2696 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2697 | |
2698 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2699 | |
2700 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2701 | }; |
2702 | |
2703 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2704 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2705 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2706 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2707 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2708 | |
2709 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2710 | QualType PointeeType; |
2711 | |
2712 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2713 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2714 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2715 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2716 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2717 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2718 | |
2719 | public: |
2720 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2721 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2722 | |
2723 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2724 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2725 | |
2726 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2727 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2728 | } |
2729 | |
2730 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2731 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2732 | } |
2733 | |
2734 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2735 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2736 | } |
2737 | }; |
2738 | |
2739 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2740 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2741 | QualType PointeeType; |
2742 | |
2743 | protected: |
2744 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2745 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2746 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2747 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2748 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2749 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2750 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2751 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2752 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2753 | } |
2754 | |
2755 | public: |
2756 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2757 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2758 | |
2759 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2760 | |
2761 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2762 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2763 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2764 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2765 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2766 | return T->PointeeType; |
2767 | } |
2768 | |
2769 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2770 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2771 | } |
2772 | |
2773 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2774 | QualType Referencee, |
2775 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2776 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2777 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2778 | } |
2779 | |
2780 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2781 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2782 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2783 | } |
2784 | }; |
2785 | |
2786 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2787 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2788 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2789 | |
2790 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2791 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2792 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2793 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2794 | |
2795 | public: |
2796 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2797 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2798 | |
2799 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2800 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2801 | } |
2802 | }; |
2803 | |
2804 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2805 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2806 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2807 | |
2808 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2809 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2810 | |
2811 | public: |
2812 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2813 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2814 | |
2815 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2816 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2817 | } |
2818 | }; |
2819 | |
2820 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2821 | /// |
2822 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2823 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2825 | |
2826 | QualType PointeeType; |
2827 | |
2828 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2829 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2830 | const Type *Class; |
2831 | |
2832 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2833 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2834 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2835 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2836 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2837 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2838 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2839 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2840 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2841 | |
2842 | public: |
2843 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2844 | |
2845 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2846 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2847 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2848 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2849 | } |
2850 | |
2851 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2852 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2853 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2854 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2855 | } |
2856 | |
2857 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2858 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2859 | |
2860 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2861 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2862 | |
2863 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2864 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2865 | } |
2866 | |
2867 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2868 | const Type *Class) { |
2869 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2870 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2871 | } |
2872 | |
2873 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2874 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2875 | } |
2876 | }; |
2877 | |
2878 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2879 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2880 | public: |
2881 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2882 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2883 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2884 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2885 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2886 | Normal, Static, Star |
2887 | }; |
2888 | |
2889 | private: |
2890 | /// The element type of the array. |
2891 | QualType ElementType; |
2892 | |
2893 | protected: |
2894 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2895 | |
2896 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2897 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2898 | |
2899 | public: |
2900 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2901 | |
2902 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2903 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2904 | } |
2905 | |
2906 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2907 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2908 | } |
2909 | |
2910 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2911 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2912 | } |
2913 | |
2914 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2915 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2916 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2917 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2918 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2919 | } |
2920 | }; |
2921 | |
2922 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2923 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2924 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2925 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2926 | : public ArrayType, |
2927 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2928 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2929 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2930 | |
2931 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2932 | |
2933 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2934 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2935 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2936 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2937 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2938 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2938, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2939 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2940 | } |
2941 | } |
2942 | |
2943 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2944 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | public: |
2948 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2949 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2950 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2951 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2952 | : nullptr; |
2953 | } |
2954 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2955 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2956 | |
2957 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2958 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2959 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2960 | QualType ElementType, |
2961 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2962 | |
2963 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2964 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2965 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2966 | |
2967 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2968 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2969 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2970 | } |
2971 | |
2972 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2973 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2974 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2975 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2976 | |
2977 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2978 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2979 | } |
2980 | }; |
2981 | |
2982 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2983 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2984 | /// unspecified. |
2985 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2986 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2987 | |
2988 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2989 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2990 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2991 | |
2992 | public: |
2993 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2994 | |
2995 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2996 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2997 | |
2998 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2999 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
3000 | } |
3001 | |
3002 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3003 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3004 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3005 | } |
3006 | |
3007 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3008 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3009 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3010 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3011 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3012 | } |
3013 | }; |
3014 | |
3015 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3016 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3017 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3018 | /// |
3019 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3020 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3021 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3022 | /// dynamically: |
3023 | /// |
3024 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3025 | /// int Y[x]; |
3026 | /// ++x; |
3027 | /// int Z[x]; |
3028 | /// } |
3029 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3030 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3031 | |
3032 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3033 | /// a function block. |
3034 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3035 | |
3036 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3037 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3038 | |
3039 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3040 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3041 | SourceRange brackets) |
3042 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3043 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3044 | |
3045 | public: |
3046 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3047 | |
3048 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3049 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3050 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3051 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3052 | } |
3053 | |
3054 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3055 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3056 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3057 | |
3058 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3059 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3060 | |
3061 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3062 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3063 | } |
3064 | |
3065 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3066 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3066); |
3067 | } |
3068 | }; |
3069 | |
3070 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// For example: |
3073 | /// \code |
3074 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3075 | /// class array { |
3076 | /// T data[Size]; |
3077 | /// }; |
3078 | /// \endcode |
3079 | /// |
3080 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3081 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3082 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3083 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3084 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3085 | |
3086 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3087 | |
3088 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3089 | /// size of the array. |
3090 | /// |
3091 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3092 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3093 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3094 | |
3095 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3096 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3097 | |
3098 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3099 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3100 | SourceRange brackets); |
3101 | |
3102 | public: |
3103 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3104 | |
3105 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3106 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3107 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3108 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3109 | } |
3110 | |
3111 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3112 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3113 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3114 | |
3115 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3116 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3117 | |
3118 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3119 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3120 | } |
3121 | |
3122 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3123 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3124 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3125 | } |
3126 | |
3127 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3128 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3129 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3130 | }; |
3131 | |
3132 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3133 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3134 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3135 | /// |
3136 | /// For example: |
3137 | /// \code |
3138 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3139 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3140 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3141 | /// } |
3142 | /// \endcode |
3143 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3144 | friend class ASTContext; |
3145 | |
3146 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3147 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3148 | QualType PointeeType; |
3149 | SourceLocation loc; |
3150 | |
3151 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3152 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3153 | SourceLocation loc); |
3154 | |
3155 | public: |
3156 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3157 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3158 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3159 | |
3160 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3161 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3162 | |
3163 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3164 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3165 | } |
3166 | |
3167 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3168 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3169 | } |
3170 | |
3171 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3172 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3173 | }; |
3174 | |
3175 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3176 | /// dependent. |
3177 | /// |
3178 | /// For example: |
3179 | /// \code |
3180 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3181 | /// class vector { |
3182 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3183 | /// } |
3184 | /// \endcode |
3185 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3186 | friend class ASTContext; |
3187 | |
3188 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3189 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3190 | |
3191 | /// The element type of the array. |
3192 | QualType ElementType; |
3193 | |
3194 | SourceLocation loc; |
3195 | |
3196 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3197 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3198 | |
3199 | public: |
3200 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3201 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3202 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3203 | |
3204 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3205 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3206 | |
3207 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3208 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3209 | } |
3210 | |
3211 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3212 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3213 | } |
3214 | |
3215 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3216 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3217 | }; |
3218 | |
3219 | |
3220 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3221 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3222 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3223 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3224 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3225 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3226 | public: |
3227 | enum VectorKind { |
3228 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3229 | GenericVector, |
3230 | |
3231 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3232 | AltiVecVector, |
3233 | |
3234 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3235 | AltiVecPixel, |
3236 | |
3237 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3238 | AltiVecBool, |
3239 | |
3240 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3241 | NeonVector, |
3242 | |
3243 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3244 | NeonPolyVector |
3245 | }; |
3246 | |
3247 | protected: |
3248 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3249 | |
3250 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3251 | QualType ElementType; |
3252 | |
3253 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3254 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3255 | |
3256 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3257 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3258 | |
3259 | public: |
3260 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3261 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3262 | |
3263 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3264 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3265 | } |
3266 | |
3267 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3268 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3269 | |
3270 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3271 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3272 | } |
3273 | |
3274 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3275 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3276 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3280 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3281 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3282 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3283 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3284 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3285 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3286 | } |
3287 | |
3288 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3289 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3290 | } |
3291 | }; |
3292 | |
3293 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3294 | //// |
3295 | /// For example: |
3296 | /// \code |
3297 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3298 | /// class vector { |
3299 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3300 | /// } |
3301 | /// \endcode |
3302 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3303 | friend class ASTContext; |
3304 | |
3305 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3306 | QualType ElementType; |
3307 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3308 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3309 | |
3310 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3311 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3312 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3313 | |
3314 | public: |
3315 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3316 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3317 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3318 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3319 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3320 | } |
3321 | |
3322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3324 | |
3325 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3326 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3327 | } |
3328 | |
3329 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3330 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3331 | } |
3332 | |
3333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3334 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3335 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3336 | }; |
3337 | |
3338 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3339 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3340 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3341 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3342 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3343 | /// Shading Language). |
3344 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3346 | |
3347 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3348 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3349 | |
3350 | public: |
3351 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3352 | switch (c) { |
3353 | default: return -1; |
3354 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3355 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3356 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3357 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3358 | } |
3359 | } |
3360 | |
3361 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3362 | switch (c) { |
3363 | default: return -1; |
3364 | case '0': return 0; |
3365 | case '1': return 1; |
3366 | case '2': return 2; |
3367 | case '3': return 3; |
3368 | case '4': return 4; |
3369 | case '5': return 5; |
3370 | case '6': return 6; |
3371 | case '7': return 7; |
3372 | case '8': return 8; |
3373 | case '9': return 9; |
3374 | case 'A': |
3375 | case 'a': return 10; |
3376 | case 'B': |
3377 | case 'b': return 11; |
3378 | case 'C': |
3379 | case 'c': return 12; |
3380 | case 'D': |
3381 | case 'd': return 13; |
3382 | case 'E': |
3383 | case 'e': return 14; |
3384 | case 'F': |
3385 | case 'f': return 15; |
3386 | } |
3387 | } |
3388 | |
3389 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3390 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3391 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3392 | else |
3393 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3394 | } |
3395 | |
3396 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3397 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3398 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3399 | return false; |
3400 | } |
3401 | |
3402 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3403 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3404 | |
3405 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3406 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3407 | } |
3408 | }; |
3409 | |
3410 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3411 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3412 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3413 | // The type returned by the function. |
3414 | QualType ResultType; |
3415 | |
3416 | public: |
3417 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3418 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3419 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3420 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3421 | /// |
3422 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3423 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3424 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3425 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3426 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3427 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3428 | /// |
3429 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3430 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3431 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3432 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3433 | /// T (*)(U) |
3434 | /// against an argument of type |
3435 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3436 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3437 | /// not produce the latter. |
3438 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3439 | enum { |
3440 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3441 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3442 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3443 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3444 | }; |
3445 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3446 | |
3447 | public: |
3448 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3449 | |
3450 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3451 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3454 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3455 | return copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3459 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3460 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3461 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3462 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3463 | if (consumed) |
3464 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3465 | else |
3466 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3467 | return copy; |
3468 | } |
3469 | |
3470 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3471 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3472 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3473 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3474 | return Copy; |
3475 | } |
3476 | |
3477 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3478 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3479 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3480 | if (NoEscape) |
3481 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3482 | else |
3483 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3484 | return Copy; |
3485 | } |
3486 | |
3487 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3488 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3489 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3490 | result.Data = data; |
3491 | return result; |
3492 | } |
3493 | |
3494 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3495 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3496 | } |
3497 | |
3498 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3499 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3500 | } |
3501 | }; |
3502 | |
3503 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3504 | /// making a call. |
3505 | /// |
3506 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3507 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3508 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3509 | /// |
3510 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3511 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3512 | // * Operator== |
3513 | // * getFoo |
3514 | // * withFoo |
3515 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3516 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3517 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3518 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3519 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3520 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3521 | // * AST read and write |
3522 | // * Codegen |
3523 | class ExtInfo { |
3524 | friend class FunctionType; |
3525 | |
3526 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3527 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3528 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3529 | |
3530 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3531 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3532 | // |
3533 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3534 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3535 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3536 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3537 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3538 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3539 | enum { |
3540 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3541 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3542 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3543 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3544 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3545 | |
3546 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3547 | |
3548 | public: |
3549 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3550 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3551 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3552 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3553 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3554 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3555 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3556 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3557 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3558 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3559 | } |
3560 | |
3561 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3562 | // function known to use defaults. |
3563 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3564 | |
3565 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3566 | // of the canonical type. |
3567 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3568 | |
3569 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3570 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3571 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3572 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3573 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3574 | |
3575 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3576 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3577 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3578 | --RegParm; |
3579 | return RegParm; |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3583 | |
3584 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3585 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3586 | } |
3587 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3588 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3589 | } |
3590 | |
3591 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3592 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3593 | |
3594 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3595 | if (noReturn) |
3596 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3597 | else |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3599 | } |
3600 | |
3601 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3602 | if (producesResult) |
3603 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3604 | else |
3605 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3606 | } |
3607 | |
3608 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3609 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3610 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3611 | else |
3612 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3613 | } |
3614 | |
3615 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3616 | if (noCfCheck) |
3617 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3618 | else |
3619 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3623 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3623, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3624 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3625 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3626 | } |
3627 | |
3628 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3629 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3630 | } |
3631 | |
3632 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3633 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3634 | } |
3635 | }; |
3636 | |
3637 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3638 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3639 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3640 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3641 | |
3642 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3643 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3644 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3645 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3646 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3647 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3648 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3649 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3650 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3651 | }; |
3652 | |
3653 | protected: |
3654 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3655 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3656 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3657 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3658 | ExtInfo Info) |
3659 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3660 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3661 | ResultType(res) { |
3662 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3663 | } |
3664 | |
3665 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3666 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3667 | } |
3668 | |
3669 | public: |
3670 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3671 | |
3672 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3673 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3674 | |
3675 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3676 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3677 | /// type. |
3678 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3679 | |
3680 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3681 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3682 | |
3683 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3684 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3685 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3686 | |
3687 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3688 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3689 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3690 | |
3691 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3692 | /// this type. |
3693 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3694 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3695 | } |
3696 | |
3697 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3698 | |
3699 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3700 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3701 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3702 | } |
3703 | }; |
3704 | |
3705 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3706 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3707 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3708 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3709 | |
3710 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3711 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3712 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3713 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3714 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3715 | |
3716 | public: |
3717 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3718 | |
3719 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3720 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3721 | |
3722 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3723 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3724 | } |
3725 | |
3726 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3727 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3728 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3729 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3730 | } |
3731 | |
3732 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3733 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3734 | } |
3735 | }; |
3736 | |
3737 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3738 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3739 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3740 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3741 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3742 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3743 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3744 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3745 | : public FunctionType, |
3746 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3747 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3748 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3749 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3750 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3751 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3752 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3753 | |
3754 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3755 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3756 | // |
3757 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3758 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3759 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3760 | // |
3761 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3762 | // ellipsis. |
3763 | // |
3764 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3765 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3766 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3767 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3768 | // |
3769 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3770 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3771 | // * a single Expr *, |
3772 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3773 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3774 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3775 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3776 | // |
3777 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3778 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3779 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3780 | // |
3781 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3782 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3783 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3784 | // |
3785 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3786 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3787 | // of exception types. |
3788 | // |
3789 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3790 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3791 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3792 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3793 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3794 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3795 | |
3796 | public: |
3797 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3798 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3799 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3800 | /// exception specification. |
3801 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3802 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3803 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3804 | |
3805 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3806 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3807 | |
3808 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3809 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3810 | |
3811 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3812 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3813 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3814 | |
3815 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3816 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3817 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3818 | |
3819 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3820 | |
3821 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3822 | }; |
3823 | |
3824 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3825 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3826 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3827 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3828 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3829 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3830 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3831 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3832 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3833 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3834 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3835 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3836 | |
3837 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3838 | |
3839 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3840 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3841 | |
3842 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3843 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3844 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3845 | return Result; |
3846 | } |
3847 | }; |
3848 | |
3849 | private: |
3850 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3851 | return getNumParams(); |
3852 | } |
3853 | |
3854 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3855 | return isVariadic(); |
3856 | } |
3857 | |
3858 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3859 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3863 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3864 | } |
3865 | |
3866 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3867 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3868 | } |
3869 | |
3870 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3871 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | } |
3873 | |
3874 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3875 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3876 | } |
3877 | |
3878 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3879 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3880 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3881 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3882 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3883 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3884 | return true; |
3885 | |
3886 | return false; |
3887 | } |
3888 | |
3889 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3890 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3891 | |
3892 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3893 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3894 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3895 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3896 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3897 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3898 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3899 | }; |
3900 | |
3901 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3902 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3903 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3904 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3905 | switch (EST) { |
3906 | case EST_None: |
3907 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3908 | case EST_MSAny: |
3909 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3910 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3911 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3912 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3913 | |
3914 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3915 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3916 | |
3917 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3918 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3919 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3920 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3921 | |
3922 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3923 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3924 | |
3925 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3926 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3927 | } |
3928 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3928); |
3929 | } |
3930 | |
3931 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3932 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3933 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3934 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3935 | } |
3936 | |
3937 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3938 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3939 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3940 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3941 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3942 | } |
3943 | |
3944 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3945 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3946 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3947 | } |
3948 | |
3949 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3950 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3951 | } |
3952 | |
3953 | public: |
3954 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3955 | |
3956 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3957 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3958 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3959 | } |
3960 | |
3961 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3962 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3963 | } |
3964 | |
3965 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3966 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3967 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3968 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3969 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
3970 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3971 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
3972 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3973 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3974 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3975 | return EPI; |
3976 | } |
3977 | |
3978 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3979 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3980 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3981 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3982 | } |
3983 | |
3984 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3985 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3986 | |
3987 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3988 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3989 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3990 | } |
3991 | |
3992 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3993 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3994 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3995 | } |
3996 | |
3997 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3998 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4001 | /// spec. |
4002 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4003 | |
4004 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4005 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4006 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4007 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4008 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4009 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4010 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4011 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4012 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4013 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4014 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4015 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4016 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4017 | } |
4018 | return Result; |
4019 | } |
4020 | |
4021 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4022 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4023 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4024 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4025 | ->NumExceptionType |
4026 | : 0; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4030 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4031 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4032 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4033 | } |
4034 | |
4035 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4036 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4037 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4038 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4039 | return nullptr; |
4040 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4041 | } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4044 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4045 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4046 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4047 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4048 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4049 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4050 | return nullptr; |
4051 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4052 | } |
4053 | |
4054 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4055 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4056 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4057 | /// this type. |
4058 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4059 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4060 | return nullptr; |
4061 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4062 | } |
4063 | |
4064 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4065 | /// specification. |
4066 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4067 | |
4068 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4069 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4070 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4071 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4072 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4073 | } |
4074 | |
4075 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4076 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4077 | |
4078 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4079 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4080 | : SourceLocation(); |
4081 | } |
4082 | |
4083 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4084 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4085 | /// |
4086 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4087 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4088 | /// function. |
4089 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4090 | |
4091 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4092 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4093 | |
4094 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4095 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4096 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4097 | else |
4098 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4102 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4103 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4104 | } |
4105 | |
4106 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4107 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4108 | |
4109 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4110 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4111 | } |
4112 | |
4113 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4118 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4119 | } |
4120 | |
4121 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4122 | |
4123 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4124 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4125 | } |
4126 | |
4127 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4128 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4129 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4130 | } |
4131 | |
4132 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4133 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4134 | } |
4135 | |
4136 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4137 | /// of this function type? |
4138 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4139 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4140 | } |
4141 | |
4142 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4143 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4143, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4144 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4145 | getNumParams()); |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4149 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4150 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4151 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4152 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4153 | return nullptr; |
4154 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4155 | } |
4156 | |
4157 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4158 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4158, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4159 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4160 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4161 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4162 | } |
4163 | |
4164 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4165 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4166 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4167 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4168 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4169 | } |
4170 | |
4171 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4172 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4173 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4174 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4175 | return false; |
4176 | } |
4177 | |
4178 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4179 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4180 | |
4181 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4182 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4183 | |
4184 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4185 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4186 | } |
4187 | |
4188 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4189 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4190 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4191 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4192 | bool Canonical); |
4193 | }; |
4194 | |
4195 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4196 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4197 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4198 | /// |
4199 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4200 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4201 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4202 | |
4203 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4204 | |
4205 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4206 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4207 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4208 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4209 | |
4210 | public: |
4211 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4212 | |
4213 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4214 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4215 | |
4216 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4217 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4218 | } |
4219 | |
4220 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4221 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4222 | } |
4223 | |
4224 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4225 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4226 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4227 | } |
4228 | }; |
4229 | |
4230 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4231 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4232 | |
4233 | protected: |
4234 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4235 | |
4236 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4237 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4238 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4239 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4240 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4241 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4242 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4242, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4243 | } |
4244 | |
4245 | public: |
4246 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4247 | |
4248 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4249 | QualType desugar() const; |
4250 | |
4251 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4252 | }; |
4253 | |
4254 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4255 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4256 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4257 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4258 | |
4259 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4260 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4261 | |
4262 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4263 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4264 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4265 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4266 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4267 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4268 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4269 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4270 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4271 | } |
4272 | |
4273 | public: |
4274 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4275 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4276 | |
4277 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4278 | /// it. |
4279 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4280 | |
4281 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4282 | QualType desugar() const; |
4283 | |
4284 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4285 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4286 | } |
4287 | }; |
4288 | |
4289 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4290 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4291 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4292 | |
4293 | protected: |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4297 | |
4298 | public: |
4299 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4300 | |
4301 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4302 | QualType desugar() const; |
4303 | |
4304 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4305 | bool isSugared() const; |
4306 | |
4307 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4308 | }; |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4311 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4312 | /// |
4313 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4314 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4315 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4316 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4317 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4318 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4319 | |
4320 | public: |
4321 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4322 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4323 | |
4324 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4325 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4326 | } |
4327 | |
4328 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4329 | Expr *E); |
4330 | }; |
4331 | |
4332 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4333 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4334 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4335 | |
4336 | QualType TOType; |
4337 | |
4338 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4339 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4340 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4341 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4342 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4343 | TOType(T) { |
4344 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4345 | } |
4346 | |
4347 | public: |
4348 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4349 | |
4350 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4351 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4352 | |
4353 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4354 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4355 | |
4356 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4357 | }; |
4358 | |
4359 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4360 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4361 | Expr *E; |
4362 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4363 | |
4364 | protected: |
4365 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4366 | |
4367 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4368 | |
4369 | public: |
4370 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4371 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4372 | |
4373 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4374 | QualType desugar() const; |
4375 | |
4376 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4377 | bool isSugared() const; |
4378 | |
4379 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4380 | }; |
4381 | |
4382 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4383 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4384 | /// |
4385 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4386 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4387 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4388 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4389 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4390 | |
4391 | public: |
4392 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4393 | |
4394 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4395 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4396 | } |
4397 | |
4398 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4399 | Expr *E); |
4400 | }; |
4401 | |
4402 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4403 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4404 | public: |
4405 | enum UTTKind { |
4406 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4407 | }; |
4408 | |
4409 | private: |
4410 | /// The untransformed type. |
4411 | QualType BaseType; |
4412 | |
4413 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4414 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4415 | |
4416 | UTTKind UKind; |
4417 | |
4418 | protected: |
4419 | friend class ASTContext; |
4420 | |
4421 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4422 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4423 | |
4424 | public: |
4425 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4426 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4427 | |
4428 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4429 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4430 | |
4431 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4432 | |
4433 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4434 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4435 | } |
4436 | }; |
4437 | |
4438 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4439 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4440 | /// |
4441 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4442 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4443 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4444 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4445 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4446 | public: |
4447 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4448 | UTTKind UKind); |
4449 | |
4450 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4451 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4452 | } |
4453 | |
4454 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4455 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4456 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4457 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4458 | } |
4459 | }; |
4460 | |
4461 | class TagType : public Type { |
4462 | friend class ASTReader; |
4463 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4464 | |
4465 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4466 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4467 | TagDecl *decl; |
4468 | |
4469 | protected: |
4470 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4471 | |
4472 | public: |
4473 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4474 | |
4475 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4476 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4477 | |
4478 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4479 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4480 | } |
4481 | }; |
4482 | |
4483 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4484 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4485 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4486 | protected: |
4487 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4488 | |
4489 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4490 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4491 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4492 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4493 | |
4494 | public: |
4495 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4496 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4497 | } |
4498 | |
4499 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4500 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4501 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4502 | |
4503 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4504 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4505 | |
4506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4507 | }; |
4508 | |
4509 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4510 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4511 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4512 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4513 | |
4514 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4515 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4516 | |
4517 | public: |
4518 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4519 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4520 | } |
4521 | |
4522 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4523 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4524 | |
4525 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4526 | }; |
4527 | |
4528 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4529 | /// |
4530 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4531 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4532 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4533 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4534 | /// |
4535 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4536 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4537 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4538 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4539 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4540 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4541 | public: |
4542 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4543 | |
4544 | private: |
4545 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4546 | |
4547 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4548 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4549 | |
4550 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4551 | QualType equivalent) |
4552 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4553 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4554 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4555 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4556 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4557 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4558 | } |
4559 | |
4560 | public: |
4561 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4562 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4563 | } |
4564 | |
4565 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4566 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4567 | |
4568 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4569 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4570 | |
4571 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4572 | /// |
4573 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4574 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4575 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4576 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4577 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4578 | /// |
4579 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4580 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4581 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4582 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4583 | /// |
4584 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4585 | /// type. |
4586 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4587 | |
4588 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4589 | |
4590 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4591 | |
4592 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4593 | |
4594 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4595 | /// nullability kind. |
4596 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4597 | switch (kind) { |
4598 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4599 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4600 | |
4601 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4602 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4603 | |
4604 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4605 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4606 | } |
4607 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4607); |
4608 | } |
4609 | |
4610 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4611 | /// type, if it's there. |
4612 | /// |
4613 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4614 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4615 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4616 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4617 | /// |
4618 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4619 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4620 | |
4621 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4622 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4623 | } |
4624 | |
4625 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4626 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4627 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4628 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4629 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4630 | } |
4631 | |
4632 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4633 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4634 | } |
4635 | }; |
4636 | |
4637 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4638 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4639 | |
4640 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4641 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4642 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4643 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4644 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4645 | }; |
4646 | |
4647 | union { |
4648 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4649 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4650 | |
4651 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4652 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4653 | }; |
4654 | |
4655 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4656 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4657 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4658 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4659 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4660 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4661 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4662 | |
4663 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4664 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4665 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4666 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4667 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4668 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4669 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4670 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4671 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4672 | } |
4673 | |
4674 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4675 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4676 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4677 | } |
4678 | |
4679 | public: |
4680 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4681 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4682 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4683 | |
4684 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4685 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4686 | } |
4687 | |
4688 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4689 | |
4690 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4691 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4692 | |
4693 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4694 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4695 | } |
4696 | |
4697 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4698 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4699 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4700 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4701 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4702 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4703 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4704 | } |
4705 | |
4706 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4707 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4708 | } |
4709 | }; |
4710 | |
4711 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4712 | /// type parameter. |
4713 | /// |
4714 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4715 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4716 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4717 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4718 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4719 | friend class ASTContext; |
4720 | |
4721 | // The original type parameter. |
4722 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4723 | |
4724 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4725 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4726 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4727 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4728 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4729 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4730 | |
4731 | public: |
4732 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4733 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4734 | return Replaced; |
4735 | } |
4736 | |
4737 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4738 | /// parameter. |
4739 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4740 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4741 | } |
4742 | |
4743 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4744 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4745 | |
4746 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4747 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4748 | } |
4749 | |
4750 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4752 | QualType Replacement) { |
4753 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4754 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4755 | } |
4756 | |
4757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4758 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4759 | } |
4760 | }; |
4761 | |
4762 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4763 | /// type parameter pack. |
4764 | /// |
4765 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4766 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4767 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4768 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4769 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4770 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4771 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4772 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4773 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4774 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4775 | friend class ASTContext; |
4776 | |
4777 | /// The original type parameter. |
4778 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4779 | |
4780 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4781 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4782 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4783 | |
4784 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4785 | QualType Canon, |
4786 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4787 | |
4788 | public: |
4789 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4790 | |
4791 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4792 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4793 | return Replaced; |
4794 | } |
4795 | |
4796 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4797 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4798 | } |
4799 | |
4800 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4801 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4802 | |
4803 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4804 | |
4805 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4806 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4807 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4808 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4809 | |
4810 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4811 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4812 | } |
4813 | }; |
4814 | |
4815 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4816 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4817 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4818 | /// Concepts TS. |
4819 | /// |
4820 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4821 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4822 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4823 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4824 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4825 | protected: |
4826 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4827 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4828 | : Type(TC, |
4829 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4830 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4831 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4832 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4833 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4834 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4835 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4836 | setDependent(); |
4837 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4838 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4839 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4840 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4841 | } |
4842 | } |
4843 | |
4844 | public: |
4845 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4846 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4847 | |
4848 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4849 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4850 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4851 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4852 | } |
4853 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4854 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4855 | } |
4856 | |
4857 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4858 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4859 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4860 | } |
4861 | }; |
4862 | |
4863 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4864 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4865 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4866 | |
4867 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4868 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4869 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4870 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4871 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4872 | } |
4873 | |
4874 | public: |
4875 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4876 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4877 | } |
4878 | |
4879 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4880 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4881 | } |
4882 | |
4883 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4884 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4885 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4886 | } |
4887 | |
4888 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4889 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4890 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4891 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4892 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4893 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4894 | } |
4895 | |
4896 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4897 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4898 | } |
4899 | }; |
4900 | |
4901 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4902 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4903 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4904 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4905 | |
4906 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4907 | TemplateName Template; |
4908 | |
4909 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4910 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4911 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4912 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4913 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4914 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4915 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4916 | Template(Template) {} |
4917 | |
4918 | public: |
4919 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4920 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4921 | |
4922 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4923 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4924 | } |
4925 | |
4926 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4927 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4928 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4929 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4930 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4931 | } |
4932 | |
4933 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4934 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4935 | } |
4936 | }; |
4937 | |
4938 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4939 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4940 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4941 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4942 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4943 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4944 | /// |
4945 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4946 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4947 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4948 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4949 | /// |
4950 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4951 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4952 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4953 | /// |
4954 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4955 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4956 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4957 | /// template. |
4958 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4959 | : public Type, |
4960 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4961 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4962 | |
4963 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4964 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4965 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4966 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4967 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4968 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4969 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4970 | TemplateName Template; |
4971 | |
4972 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4973 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4974 | QualType Canon, |
4975 | QualType Aliased); |
4976 | |
4977 | public: |
4978 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4979 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4980 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4981 | |
4982 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4983 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4984 | |
4985 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4986 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4987 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4988 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4989 | } |
4990 | |
4991 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4992 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4993 | /// |
4994 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4995 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4996 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4997 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4998 | /// |
4999 | /// \code |
5000 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5001 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5002 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5003 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5004 | /// }; |
5005 | /// \endcode |
5006 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5007 | |
5008 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5009 | /// template. |
5010 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5011 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5011, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5012 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5013 | } |
5014 | |
5015 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5016 | |
5017 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5018 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5019 | |
5020 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5021 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5024 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5025 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5026 | } |
5027 | |
5028 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5029 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5030 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5031 | } |
5032 | |
5033 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5034 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5035 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5036 | |
5037 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5038 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5039 | } |
5040 | |
5041 | bool isSugared() const { |
5042 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5043 | } |
5044 | |
5045 | QualType desugar() const { |
5046 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5047 | } |
5048 | |
5049 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5050 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5051 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5052 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5053 | } |
5054 | |
5055 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5056 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5057 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5058 | |
5059 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5060 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5061 | } |
5062 | }; |
5063 | |
5064 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5065 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5066 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5067 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5068 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5069 | |
5070 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5071 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5072 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5073 | |
5074 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5075 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5076 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5077 | |
5078 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5079 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5080 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5081 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5082 | /// |
5083 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5084 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5085 | /// |
5086 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5087 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5088 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5089 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5090 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5091 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5092 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5093 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5094 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5095 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5096 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5097 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5098 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5099 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5100 | // interdependencies. |
5101 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5102 | |
5103 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5104 | |
5105 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5106 | /// For example, in |
5107 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5108 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5109 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5110 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5111 | /// |
5112 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5113 | /// and always dependent. |
5114 | QualType InjectedType; |
5115 | |
5116 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5117 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5118 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5119 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5120 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5121 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5122 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5122, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5123 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5124 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5125 | } |
5126 | |
5127 | public: |
5128 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5129 | |
5130 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5131 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5132 | } |
5133 | |
5134 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5135 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5136 | } |
5137 | |
5138 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5139 | |
5140 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5141 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5142 | |
5143 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5144 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5145 | } |
5146 | }; |
5147 | |
5148 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5149 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5150 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5151 | TTK_Struct, |
5152 | |
5153 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5154 | TTK_Interface, |
5155 | |
5156 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5157 | TTK_Union, |
5158 | |
5159 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5160 | TTK_Class, |
5161 | |
5162 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5163 | TTK_Enum |
5164 | }; |
5165 | |
5166 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5167 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5168 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5169 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5170 | ETK_Struct, |
5171 | |
5172 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5173 | ETK_Interface, |
5174 | |
5175 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5176 | ETK_Union, |
5177 | |
5178 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5179 | ETK_Class, |
5180 | |
5181 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5182 | ETK_Enum, |
5183 | |
5184 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5185 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5186 | ETK_Typename, |
5187 | |
5188 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5189 | ETK_None |
5190 | }; |
5191 | |
5192 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5193 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5194 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5195 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5196 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5197 | protected: |
5198 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5199 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5200 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5201 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5202 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5203 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5204 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5205 | } |
5206 | |
5207 | public: |
5208 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5209 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5210 | } |
5211 | |
5212 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5213 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5214 | |
5215 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5216 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5217 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5218 | |
5219 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5220 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5221 | |
5222 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5223 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5224 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5225 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5226 | |
5227 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5228 | |
5229 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5230 | |
5231 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5232 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5233 | } |
5234 | |
5235 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5236 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5237 | }; |
5238 | |
5239 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5240 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5241 | /// or both. |
5242 | /// |
5243 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5244 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5245 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5246 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5247 | class ElaboratedType final |
5248 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5249 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5250 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5251 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5252 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5253 | |
5254 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5255 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5256 | |
5257 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5258 | QualType NamedType; |
5259 | |
5260 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5261 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5262 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5263 | |
5264 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5265 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5266 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5267 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5268 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5269 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5270 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5271 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5272 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5273 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5274 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5275 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5276 | } |
5277 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5278 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5279 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5280 | } |
5281 | |
5282 | public: |
5283 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5284 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5285 | |
5286 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5287 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5288 | |
5289 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5290 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5291 | |
5292 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5293 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5294 | |
5295 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5296 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5297 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5298 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5299 | : nullptr; |
5300 | } |
5301 | |
5302 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5303 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5304 | } |
5305 | |
5306 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5308 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5309 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5310 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5311 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5312 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5313 | } |
5314 | |
5315 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5316 | }; |
5317 | |
5318 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5319 | /// dependent. |
5320 | /// |
5321 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5322 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5323 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5324 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5325 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5326 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5327 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5328 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5329 | /// instantiation. |
5330 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5331 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5332 | |
5333 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5334 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5335 | |
5336 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5337 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5338 | |
5339 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5340 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5341 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5342 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5343 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5344 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5345 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5346 | |
5347 | public: |
5348 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5349 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5350 | |
5351 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5352 | /// |
5353 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5354 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5355 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5356 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5357 | return Name; |
5358 | } |
5359 | |
5360 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5361 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5362 | |
5363 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5364 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5365 | } |
5366 | |
5367 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5368 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5369 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5370 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5371 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5375 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5376 | } |
5377 | }; |
5378 | |
5379 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5380 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5381 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5382 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5383 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5384 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5385 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5386 | |
5387 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5388 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5389 | |
5390 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5391 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5392 | |
5393 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5394 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5395 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5396 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5397 | QualType Canon); |
5398 | |
5399 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5400 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5401 | } |
5402 | |
5403 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5404 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5405 | } |
5406 | |
5407 | public: |
5408 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5409 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5410 | |
5411 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5412 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5413 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5414 | } |
5415 | |
5416 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5417 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5418 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5419 | } |
5420 | |
5421 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5422 | |
5423 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5424 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5425 | } |
5426 | |
5427 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5428 | |
5429 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5430 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5431 | |
5432 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5433 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5434 | |
5435 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5436 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5437 | } |
5438 | |
5439 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5440 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5441 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5442 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5443 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5444 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5445 | |
5446 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5447 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5448 | } |
5449 | }; |
5450 | |
5451 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5452 | /// |
5453 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5454 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5455 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5456 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5457 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5458 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5459 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5460 | /// parameter packs. |
5461 | /// |
5462 | /// \code |
5463 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5464 | /// |
5465 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5466 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5467 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5468 | /// }; |
5469 | /// \endcode |
5470 | /// |
5471 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5472 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5473 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5474 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5475 | |
5476 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5477 | QualType Pattern; |
5478 | |
5479 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5480 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5481 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5482 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5483 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5484 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5485 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5486 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5487 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5488 | } |
5489 | |
5490 | public: |
5491 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5492 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5493 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5494 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5495 | |
5496 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5497 | /// generate, if known. |
5498 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5499 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5500 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5501 | return None; |
5502 | } |
5503 | |
5504 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5505 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5506 | |
5507 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5508 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5509 | } |
5510 | |
5511 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5512 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5513 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5514 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5515 | if (NumExpansions) |
5516 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5517 | } |
5518 | |
5519 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5520 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5521 | } |
5522 | }; |
5523 | |
5524 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5525 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5526 | template <class T> |
5527 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5528 | protected: |
5529 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5530 | |
5531 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5532 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5533 | } |
5534 | |
5535 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5536 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5537 | } |
5538 | |
5539 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5540 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5541 | } |
5542 | |
5543 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5544 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5545 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5546 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5547 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5548 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5549 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5550 | } |
5551 | |
5552 | public: |
5553 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5554 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5555 | |
5556 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5557 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5558 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5559 | |
5560 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5561 | |
5562 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5563 | /// there are none. |
5564 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5565 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5566 | } |
5567 | |
5568 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5569 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5570 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5571 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5575 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5576 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5577 | } |
5578 | }; |
5579 | |
5580 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5581 | /// a list of protocols. |
5582 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5583 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5584 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5585 | friend class ASTContext; |
5586 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5587 | |
5588 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5589 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5590 | |
5591 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5592 | |
5593 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5594 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5595 | /// and uniqued. |
5596 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5597 | |
5598 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5599 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5600 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5601 | return NumProtocols; |
5602 | } |
5603 | |
5604 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5605 | NumProtocols = N; |
5606 | } |
5607 | |
5608 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5609 | QualType can, |
5610 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5611 | |
5612 | public: |
5613 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5614 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5615 | |
5616 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5617 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5618 | } |
5619 | |
5620 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5621 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5622 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5623 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5624 | |
5625 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5626 | }; |
5627 | |
5628 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5629 | /// |
5630 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5631 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5632 | /// protocols. |
5633 | /// |
5634 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5635 | /// \code |
5636 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5637 | /// \@protocol P; |
5638 | /// \endcode |
5639 | /// |
5640 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5641 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5642 | /// |
5643 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5644 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5645 | /// protocol list. |
5646 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5647 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5648 | /// |
5649 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5650 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5651 | /// and no protocols. |
5652 | /// |
5653 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5654 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5655 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5656 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5657 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5658 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5659 | |
5660 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5661 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5662 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5663 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5664 | // |
5665 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5666 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5667 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5668 | // |
5669 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5670 | // and uniqued. |
5671 | |
5672 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5673 | QualType BaseType; |
5674 | |
5675 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5676 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5677 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5678 | |
5679 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5680 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5681 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5682 | } |
5683 | |
5684 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5685 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5686 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5687 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5688 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5689 | } |
5690 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5691 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5692 | } |
5693 | |
5694 | protected: |
5695 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5696 | |
5697 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5698 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5699 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5700 | bool isKindOf); |
5701 | |
5702 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5703 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5704 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5705 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5706 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5707 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5708 | } |
5709 | |
5710 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5711 | |
5712 | public: |
5713 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5714 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5715 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5716 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5717 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5718 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5719 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5720 | |
5721 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5722 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5723 | } |
5724 | |
5725 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5726 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5727 | } |
5728 | |
5729 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5730 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5731 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5732 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5733 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5734 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5735 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5736 | return false; |
5737 | } |
5738 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5739 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5740 | |
5741 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5742 | /// really is an interface. |
5743 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5744 | |
5745 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5746 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5747 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5748 | |
5749 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5750 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5751 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5752 | } |
5753 | |
5754 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5755 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5756 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5757 | |
5758 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5759 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5760 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5761 | |
5762 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5763 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5766 | /// written. |
5767 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5768 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5769 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5770 | } |
5771 | |
5772 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5773 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5774 | |
5775 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5776 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5777 | |
5778 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5779 | /// |
5780 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5781 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5782 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5783 | /// there is no superclass. |
5784 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5785 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5786 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5787 | |
5788 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5788, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5789 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5793 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5794 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5795 | |
5796 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5797 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5798 | |
5799 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5800 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5801 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5802 | } |
5803 | }; |
5804 | |
5805 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5806 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5808 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5809 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5810 | friend class ASTContext; |
5811 | |
5812 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5813 | // will need to be modified. |
5814 | |
5815 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5816 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5817 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5818 | bool isKindOf) |
5819 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5820 | |
5821 | public: |
5822 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5823 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5824 | QualType Base, |
5825 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5826 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5827 | bool isKindOf); |
5828 | }; |
5829 | |
5830 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5831 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5832 | } |
5833 | |
5834 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5835 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5836 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5837 | } |
5838 | |
5839 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5840 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5841 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5842 | } |
5843 | |
5844 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5845 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5846 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5847 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5848 | /// |
5849 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5850 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5851 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5852 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5853 | /// fail to compile. |
5854 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5855 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5856 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5857 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5858 | friend class ASTReader; |
5859 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5860 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5861 | |
5862 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5863 | |
5864 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5865 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5866 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5867 | |
5868 | public: |
5869 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5870 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5871 | |
5872 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5873 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5874 | |
5875 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5876 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5877 | } |
5878 | |
5879 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5880 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5881 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5882 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5883 | enum { |
5884 | qual_iterator, |
5885 | qual_begin, |
5886 | qual_end, |
5887 | getNumProtocols, |
5888 | getProtocol |
5889 | }; |
5890 | }; |
5891 | |
5892 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5893 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5894 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5895 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5896 | return T->getDecl(); |
5897 | |
5898 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5899 | } |
5900 | |
5901 | return nullptr; |
5902 | } |
5903 | |
5904 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5905 | /// |
5906 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5907 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5908 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5909 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5910 | /// |
5911 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5912 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5913 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5914 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5915 | |
5916 | QualType PointeeType; |
5917 | |
5918 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5919 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5920 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5921 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5922 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5923 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5924 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5925 | |
5926 | public: |
5927 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5928 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5929 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5930 | |
5931 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5932 | /// |
5933 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5934 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5935 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5936 | /// \code |
5937 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5938 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5939 | /// typedef A A1; |
5940 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5941 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5942 | /// \endcode |
5943 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5944 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5945 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5946 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5947 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5948 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5949 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5950 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5951 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5952 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5953 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5954 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5955 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5956 | } |
5957 | |
5958 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5959 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5960 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5961 | /// |
5962 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5963 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5964 | |
5965 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5966 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5967 | /// |
5968 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5969 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5970 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5971 | } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5974 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5975 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5976 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5977 | } |
5978 | |
5979 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5980 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5981 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5982 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5983 | } |
5984 | |
5985 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5986 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5987 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5988 | } |
5989 | |
5990 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5991 | /// protocols. |
5992 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5993 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5994 | } |
5995 | |
5996 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5997 | /// protocols. |
5998 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5999 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6000 | } |
6001 | |
6002 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6003 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6006 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6007 | |
6008 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6009 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6010 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6011 | } |
6012 | |
6013 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6014 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6015 | |
6016 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6017 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6018 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6019 | |
6020 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6021 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6022 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6023 | } |
6024 | |
6025 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6026 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6027 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6028 | } |
6029 | |
6030 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6031 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6032 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6033 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6034 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6035 | |
6036 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6037 | |
6038 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6039 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6040 | } |
6041 | |
6042 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6043 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6044 | } |
6045 | |
6046 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6047 | |
6048 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6049 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6050 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6051 | } |
6052 | |
6053 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6054 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6055 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6056 | } |
6057 | |
6058 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6059 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6060 | |
6061 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6062 | /// |
6063 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6064 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6065 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6066 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6067 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6068 | |
6069 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6070 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6071 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6072 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6073 | |
6074 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6075 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6076 | } |
6077 | |
6078 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6079 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6080 | } |
6081 | |
6082 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6083 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6084 | } |
6085 | }; |
6086 | |
6087 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6088 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6089 | |
6090 | QualType ValueType; |
6091 | |
6092 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6093 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6094 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6095 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6096 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6097 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6098 | |
6099 | public: |
6100 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6101 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6102 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6103 | |
6104 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6105 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6106 | |
6107 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6108 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6112 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6113 | } |
6114 | |
6115 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6116 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6117 | } |
6118 | }; |
6119 | |
6120 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6121 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6122 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6123 | |
6124 | QualType ElementType; |
6125 | bool isRead; |
6126 | |
6127 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6128 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6129 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6130 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6131 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6132 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6133 | |
6134 | public: |
6135 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6136 | |
6137 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6138 | |
6139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6140 | |
6141 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6142 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6143 | } |
6144 | |
6145 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6146 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6147 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6148 | } |
6149 | |
6150 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6151 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6152 | } |
6153 | |
6154 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6155 | }; |
6156 | |
6157 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6158 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6159 | public: |
6160 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6161 | |
6162 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6163 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6164 | /// with those already in the type. |
6165 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6166 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6167 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6168 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6169 | |
6170 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6171 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6172 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6176 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6177 | |
6178 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6179 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6180 | }; |
6181 | |
6182 | /// A container of type source information. |
6183 | /// |
6184 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6185 | /// @code |
6186 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6187 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6188 | /// @endcode |
6189 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6190 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6191 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6192 | friend class ASTContext; |
6193 | |
6194 | QualType Ty; |
6195 | |
6196 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6197 | |
6198 | public: |
6199 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6200 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6201 | |
6202 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6203 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6204 | |
6205 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6206 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6207 | }; |
6208 | |
6209 | // Inline function definitions. |
6210 | |
6211 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6212 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6213 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6214 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6215 | return desugar; |
6216 | } |
6217 | |
6218 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6219 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6220 | } |
6221 | |
6222 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6223 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6224 | } |
6225 | |
6226 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6227 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6228 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6229 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6230 | |
6231 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6232 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6233 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6234 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6235 | } |
6236 | |
6237 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6238 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6239 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6240 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6241 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6242 | return Quals; |
6243 | } |
6244 | |
6245 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6246 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6247 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6248 | return quals; |
6249 | } |
6250 | |
6251 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6252 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6253 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6254 | return cvr; |
6255 | } |
6256 | |
6257 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6258 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6259 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6260 | } |
6261 | |
6262 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6263 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6264 | } |
6265 | |
6266 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6267 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6268 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6269 | |
6270 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6271 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6272 | return false; |
6273 | |
6274 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6275 | } |
6276 | |
6277 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6278 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6279 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6280 | } |
6281 | |
6282 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6283 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6284 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6285 | } |
6286 | |
6287 | |
6288 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6289 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6290 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6291 | } |
6292 | |
6293 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6294 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6295 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6296 | } |
6297 | |
6298 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6299 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6300 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6301 | |
6302 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6306 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6307 | return split(); |
6308 | |
6309 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6310 | } |
6311 | |
6312 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6313 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6317 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6318 | } |
6319 | |
6320 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6321 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6322 | } |
6323 | |
6324 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6325 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6326 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6327 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6328 | |
6329 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6330 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6331 | } |
6332 | |
6333 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6334 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6335 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6336 | } |
6337 | |
6338 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6339 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6340 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6341 | } |
6342 | |
6343 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6344 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6345 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6346 | } |
6347 | |
6348 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6349 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6350 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6351 | return false; |
6352 | } |
6353 | |
6354 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6355 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6356 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6357 | return false; |
6358 | } |
6359 | |
6360 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6361 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6362 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6363 | return false; |
6364 | } |
6365 | |
6366 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6367 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6368 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6369 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6370 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6371 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6372 | |
6373 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6374 | } |
6375 | |
6376 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6377 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6378 | } |
6379 | |
6380 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6381 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6382 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6383 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6384 | /// int". |
6385 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6386 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6387 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6388 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6392 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6393 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6394 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6395 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6396 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6397 | |
6398 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6399 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6400 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6401 | |
6402 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6403 | } |
6404 | |
6405 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6406 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6407 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6408 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6409 | /// |
6410 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6411 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6412 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6413 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6414 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6415 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6416 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6417 | else |
6418 | return *this; |
6419 | } |
6420 | |
6421 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6422 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6423 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6424 | } |
6425 | |
6426 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6427 | /// |
6428 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6429 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6430 | return isVoidType() || |
6431 | isNullPtrType() || |
6432 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6433 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6434 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6435 | } |
6436 | |
6437 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6438 | /// |
6439 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6440 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6441 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6442 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6443 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6444 | return isArrayType() || |
6445 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6446 | isFunctionType() || |
6447 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6448 | isPointerType() || |
6449 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6450 | isReferenceType() || |
6451 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6452 | isRecordType() || |
6453 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6454 | // types at different times; |
6455 | isUnionType() || |
6456 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6457 | isEnumeralType() || |
6458 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6459 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6460 | } |
6461 | |
6462 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6463 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6464 | } |
6465 | |
6466 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6467 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6468 | } |
6469 | |
6470 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6471 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6472 | } |
6473 | |
6474 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6475 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6476 | } |
6477 | |
6478 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6479 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6480 | } |
6481 | |
6482 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6483 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6487 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6488 | } |
6489 | |
6490 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6491 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6492 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6493 | // void. |
6494 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6495 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6496 | else |
6497 | return false; |
6498 | } |
6499 | |
6500 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6501 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6502 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6503 | else |
6504 | return false; |
6505 | } |
6506 | |
6507 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6508 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6509 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6510 | else |
6511 | return false; |
6512 | } |
6513 | |
6514 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6515 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6520 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6521 | else |
6522 | return false; |
6523 | } |
6524 | |
6525 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6526 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6527 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6528 | else |
6529 | return false; |
6530 | } |
6531 | |
6532 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6533 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6537 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6538 | } |
6539 | |
6540 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6541 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6542 | } |
6543 | |
6544 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6545 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6546 | } |
6547 | |
6548 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6549 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6550 | } |
6551 | |
6552 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6553 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6554 | } |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6557 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6561 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6565 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6569 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6573 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6577 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6578 | } |
6579 | |
6580 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6581 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6582 | } |
6583 | |
6584 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6585 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6586 | } |
6587 | |
6588 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6589 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6590 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6591 | } |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6594 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6595 | } |
6596 | |
6597 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6598 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6602 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6603 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6604 | return false; |
6605 | } |
6606 | |
6607 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6608 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6609 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6610 | return false; |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6614 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6615 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6616 | return false; |
6617 | } |
6618 | |
6619 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6620 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6621 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6622 | return false; |
6623 | } |
6624 | |
6625 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6626 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6627 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6628 | return false; |
6629 | } |
6630 | |
6631 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6632 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6633 | } |
6634 | |
6635 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6636 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6637 | } |
6638 | |
6639 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6640 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6641 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6642 | } |
6643 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6644 | |
6645 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6646 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6647 | } |
6648 | |
6649 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6650 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6651 | } |
6652 | |
6653 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6654 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6655 | } |
6656 | |
6657 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6658 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6659 | } |
6660 | |
6661 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6662 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6663 | } |
6664 | |
6665 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6666 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6667 | return |
6668 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6669 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6670 | } |
6671 | |
6672 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6673 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6674 | } |
6675 | |
6676 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6677 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6678 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6679 | } |
6680 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6681 | |
6682 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6683 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6684 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6685 | return |
6686 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6687 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6688 | } |
6689 | |
6690 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6691 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6692 | return |
6693 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6694 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6698 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6699 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6700 | } |
6701 | |
6702 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6703 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6707 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6708 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6709 | return true; |
6710 | return false; |
6711 | } |
6712 | |
6713 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6714 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6715 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6716 | return false; |
6717 | } |
6718 | |
6719 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6720 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6721 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6722 | return BT; |
6723 | return nullptr; |
6724 | } |
6725 | |
6726 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6727 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6728 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6729 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6730 | return false; |
6731 | } |
6732 | |
6733 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6734 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6735 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6736 | return false; |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6742 | return false; |
6743 | } |
6744 | |
6745 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6746 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6747 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6748 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6749 | return false; |
6750 | } |
6751 | |
6752 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6753 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6754 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6755 | return false; |
6756 | } |
6757 | |
6758 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6759 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6760 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6761 | return false; |
6762 | } |
6763 | |
6764 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6765 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6766 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6767 | return false; |
6768 | } |
6769 | |
6770 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6771 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6774 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6775 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6776 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6777 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6778 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6779 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6780 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6781 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6782 | } |
6783 | return false; |
6784 | } |
6785 | |
6786 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6787 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6788 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6789 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6790 | } |
6791 | return false; |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6795 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6799 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6800 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6801 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6802 | } |
6803 | return false; |
6804 | } |
6805 | |
6806 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6807 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6808 | } |
6809 | |
6810 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6811 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6812 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6813 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6814 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6815 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6816 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6817 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6818 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6819 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6820 | } |
6821 | return false; |
6822 | } |
6823 | |
6824 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6825 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6826 | } |
6827 | |
6828 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6829 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6830 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6831 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6832 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6833 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6834 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6835 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6836 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6837 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6838 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6839 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6840 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6841 | } |
6842 | |
6843 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6844 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6845 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6846 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6847 | |
6848 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6849 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6850 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6851 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6852 | |
6853 | return false; |
6854 | } |
6855 | |
6856 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6857 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6858 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6859 | return false; |
6860 | } |
6861 | |
6862 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6863 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6864 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6865 | } |
6866 | |
6867 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6868 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6869 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6870 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6871 | } |
6872 | |
6873 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6874 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6875 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6876 | } |
6877 | |
6878 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6879 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6880 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6881 | } |
6882 | |
6883 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6884 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6885 | } |
6886 | |
6887 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6888 | const Type *type = this; |
6889 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6890 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6891 | return type; |
6892 | } |
6893 | |
6894 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6895 | const Type *type = this; |
6896 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6897 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6899 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6900 | return type; |
6901 | } |
6902 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending address spaces into |
6903 | /// a diagnostic with <<. |
6904 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6905 | LangAS AS) { |
6906 | DB.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
6907 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
6908 | return DB; |
6909 | } |
6910 | |
6911 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
6912 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
6913 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6914 | LangAS AS) { |
6915 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
6916 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
6917 | return PD; |
6918 | } |
6919 | |
6920 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6921 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6922 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6923 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6924 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6925 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6926 | return DB; |
6927 | } |
6928 | |
6929 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6930 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6931 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6932 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6933 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6934 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6935 | return PD; |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6939 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6940 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6941 | QualType T) { |
6942 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6943 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6944 | return DB; |
6945 | } |
6946 | |
6947 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6948 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6949 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6950 | QualType T) { |
6951 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6952 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6953 | return PD; |
6954 | } |
6955 | |
6956 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6957 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6958 | template <typename T> |
6959 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6960 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6961 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6962 | |
6963 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6964 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6965 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6966 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6967 | |
6968 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6969 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6970 | return Ty; |
6971 | |
6972 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6973 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6974 | return nullptr; |
6975 | |
6976 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6977 | // losing all typedef information. |
6978 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6979 | } |
6980 | |
6981 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6982 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6983 | |
6984 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6985 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6986 | return Ty; |
6987 | |
6988 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6989 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6990 | return nullptr; |
6991 | |
6992 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6993 | // type. |
6994 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6995 | while (Ty) { |
6996 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6997 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6998 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6999 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7000 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7001 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7002 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7003 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7004 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7005 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7006 | else |
7007 | break; |
7008 | } |
7009 | |
7010 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7011 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7012 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7013 | } |
7014 | |
7015 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7016 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7017 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7018 | return arr; |
7019 | |
7020 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7021 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7022 | return nullptr; |
7023 | |
7024 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7025 | // losing all typedef information. |
7026 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7027 | } |
7028 | |
7029 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7030 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7031 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7032 | |
7033 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7034 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7035 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7036 | } |
7037 | |
7038 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7039 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7039, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7040 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7041 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7042 | } |
7043 | |
7044 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7045 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7046 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7047 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
7048 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7049 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7050 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7051 | #endif |
7052 | } |
7053 | |
7054 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7055 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7056 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7057 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7058 | } |
7059 | |
7060 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7061 | // as a scaled integer. |
7062 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7063 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7064 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7065 | unsigned Scale); |
7066 | |
7067 | } // namespace clang |
7068 | |
7069 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
1 | //===- llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h - Discriminated Union of 2 Ptrs --*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the PointerUnion class, which is a discriminated union of |
10 | // pointer types. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |
15 | #define LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
20 | #include <cassert> |
21 | #include <cstddef> |
22 | #include <cstdint> |
23 | |
24 | namespace llvm { |
25 | |
26 | template <typename T> struct PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn { |
27 | using Return = T; |
28 | }; |
29 | |
30 | /// Get a type based on whether two types are the same or not. |
31 | /// |
32 | /// For: |
33 | /// |
34 | /// \code |
35 | /// using Ret = typename PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, EQ, NE>::Return; |
36 | /// \endcode |
37 | /// |
38 | /// Ret will be EQ type if T1 is same as T2 or NE type otherwise. |
39 | template <typename T1, typename T2, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE> |
40 | struct PointerUnionTypeSelector { |
41 | using Return = typename PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<RET_NE>::Return; |
42 | }; |
43 | |
44 | template <typename T, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE> |
45 | struct PointerUnionTypeSelector<T, T, RET_EQ, RET_NE> { |
46 | using Return = typename PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<RET_EQ>::Return; |
47 | }; |
48 | |
49 | template <typename T1, typename T2, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE> |
50 | struct PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn< |
51 | PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, RET_EQ, RET_NE>> { |
52 | using Return = |
53 | typename PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, RET_EQ, RET_NE>::Return; |
54 | }; |
55 | |
56 | namespace pointer_union_detail { |
57 | /// Determine the number of bits required to store integers with values < n. |
58 | /// This is ceil(log2(n)). |
59 | constexpr int bitsRequired(unsigned n) { |
60 | return n > 1 ? 1 + bitsRequired((n + 1) / 2) : 0; |
61 | } |
62 | |
63 | template <typename... Ts> constexpr int lowBitsAvailable() { |
64 | return std::min<int>({PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ts>::NumLowBitsAvailable...}); |
65 | } |
66 | |
67 | /// Find the index of a type in a list of types. TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index |
68 | /// is the index of T in Us, or sizeof...(Us) if T does not appear in the |
69 | /// list. |
70 | template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex; |
71 | template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex<T, T, Us...> { |
72 | static constexpr int Index = 0; |
73 | }; |
74 | template <typename T, typename U, typename... Us> |
75 | struct TypeIndex<T, U, Us...> { |
76 | static constexpr int Index = 1 + TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index; |
77 | }; |
78 | template <typename T> struct TypeIndex<T> { |
79 | static constexpr int Index = 0; |
80 | }; |
81 | |
82 | /// Find the first type in a list of types. |
83 | template <typename T, typename...> struct GetFirstType { |
84 | using type = T; |
85 | }; |
86 | |
87 | /// Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for void* that is used by PointerUnion |
88 | /// for the template arguments. |
89 | template <typename ...PTs> class PointerUnionUIntTraits { |
90 | public: |
91 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; } |
92 | static inline void *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; } |
93 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = lowBitsAvailable<PTs...>(); |
94 | }; |
95 | |
96 | /// Implement assignment in terms of construction. |
97 | template <typename Derived, typename T> struct AssignableFrom { |
98 | Derived &operator=(T t) { |
99 | return static_cast<Derived &>(*this) = Derived(t); |
100 | } |
101 | }; |
102 | |
103 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename ...Types> |
104 | class PointerUnionMembers; |
105 | |
106 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I> |
107 | class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I> { |
108 | protected: |
109 | ValTy Val; |
110 | PointerUnionMembers() = default; |
111 | PointerUnionMembers(ValTy Val) : Val(Val) {} |
112 | |
113 | friend struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<Derived>; |
114 | }; |
115 | |
116 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename Type, |
117 | typename ...Types> |
118 | class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I, Type, Types...> |
119 | : public PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...> { |
120 | using Base = PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...>; |
121 | public: |
122 | using Base::Base; |
123 | PointerUnionMembers() = default; |
124 | PointerUnionMembers(Type V) |
125 | : Base(ValTy(const_cast<void *>( |
126 | PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)), |
127 | I)) {} |
128 | |
129 | using Base::operator=; |
130 | Derived &operator=(Type V) { |
131 | this->Val = ValTy( |
132 | const_cast<void *>(PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)), |
133 | I); |
134 | return static_cast<Derived &>(*this); |
135 | }; |
136 | }; |
137 | } |
138 | |
139 | /// A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator |
140 | /// in the low bit of the pointer. |
141 | /// |
142 | /// This implementation is extremely efficient in space due to leveraging the |
143 | /// low bits of the pointer, while exposing a natural and type-safe API. |
144 | /// |
145 | /// Common use patterns would be something like this: |
146 | /// PointerUnion<int*, float*> P; |
147 | /// P = (int*)0; |
148 | /// printf("%d %d", P.is<int*>(), P.is<float*>()); // prints "1 0" |
149 | /// X = P.get<int*>(); // ok. |
150 | /// Y = P.get<float*>(); // runtime assertion failure. |
151 | /// Z = P.get<double*>(); // compile time failure. |
152 | /// P = (float*)0; |
153 | /// Y = P.get<float*>(); // ok. |
154 | /// X = P.get<int*>(); // runtime assertion failure. |
155 | template <typename... PTs> |
156 | class PointerUnion |
157 | : public pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionMembers< |
158 | PointerUnion<PTs...>, |
159 | PointerIntPair< |
160 | void *, pointer_union_detail::bitsRequired(sizeof...(PTs)), int, |
161 | pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionUIntTraits<PTs...>>, |
162 | 0, PTs...> { |
163 | // The first type is special because we want to directly cast a pointer to a |
164 | // default-initialized union to a pointer to the first type. But we don't |
165 | // want PointerUnion to be a 'template <typename First, typename ...Rest>' |
166 | // because it's much more convenient to have a name for the whole pack. So |
167 | // split off the first type here. |
168 | using First = typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type; |
169 | using Base = typename PointerUnion::PointerUnionMembers; |
170 | |
171 | public: |
172 | PointerUnion() = default; |
173 | |
174 | PointerUnion(std::nullptr_t) : PointerUnion() {} |
175 | using Base::Base; |
176 | |
177 | /// Test if the pointer held in the union is null, regardless of |
178 | /// which type it is. |
179 | bool isNull() const { return !this->Val.getPointer(); } |
180 | |
181 | explicit operator bool() const { return !isNull(); } |
182 | |
183 | /// Test if the Union currently holds the type matching T. |
184 | template <typename T> int is() const { |
185 | constexpr int Index = pointer_union_detail::TypeIndex<T, PTs...>::Index; |
186 | static_assert(Index < sizeof...(PTs), |
187 | "PointerUnion::is<T> given type not in the union"); |
188 | return this->Val.getInt() == Index; |
189 | } |
190 | |
191 | /// Returns the value of the specified pointer type. |
192 | /// |
193 | /// If the specified pointer type is incorrect, assert. |
194 | template <typename T> T get() const { |
195 | assert(is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called")((is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("is<T>() && \"Invalid accessor called\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 195, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
196 | return PointerLikeTypeTraits<T>::getFromVoidPointer(this->Val.getPointer()); |
197 | } |
198 | |
199 | /// Returns the current pointer if it is of the specified pointer type, |
200 | /// otherwises returns null. |
201 | template <typename T> T dyn_cast() const { |
202 | if (is<T>()) |
203 | return get<T>(); |
204 | return T(); |
205 | } |
206 | |
207 | /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to |
208 | /// it. |
209 | First const *getAddrOfPtr1() const { |
210 | return const_cast<PointerUnion *>(this)->getAddrOfPtr1(); |
211 | } |
212 | |
213 | /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to |
214 | /// it. |
215 | First *getAddrOfPtr1() { |
216 | assert(is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer")((is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("is<First>() && \"Val is not the first pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 216, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
217 | assert(((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
218 | PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) ==((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
219 | this->Val.getPointer() &&((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
220 | "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr")((PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get< First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) == this->Val.getPointer() && \"Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" , 220, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
221 | return const_cast<First *>( |
222 | reinterpret_cast<const First *>(this->Val.getAddrOfPointer())); |
223 | } |
224 | |
225 | /// Assignment from nullptr which just clears the union. |
226 | const PointerUnion &operator=(std::nullptr_t) { |
227 | this->Val.initWithPointer(nullptr); |
228 | return *this; |
229 | } |
230 | |
231 | /// Assignment from elements of the union. |
232 | using Base::operator=; |
233 | |
234 | void *getOpaqueValue() const { return this->Val.getOpaqueValue(); } |
235 | static inline PointerUnion getFromOpaqueValue(void *VP) { |
236 | PointerUnion V; |
237 | V.Val = decltype(V.Val)::getFromOpaqueValue(VP); |
238 | return V; |
239 | } |
240 | }; |
241 | |
242 | template <typename ...PTs> |
243 | bool operator==(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
244 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() == rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
245 | } |
246 | |
247 | template <typename ...PTs> |
248 | bool operator!=(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
249 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() != rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
250 | } |
251 | |
252 | template <typename ...PTs> |
253 | bool operator<(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
254 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() < rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
255 | } |
256 | |
257 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerUnion is "basically a pointer", that has |
258 | // # low bits available = min(PT1bits,PT2bits)-1. |
259 | template <typename ...PTs> |
260 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerUnion<PTs...>> { |
261 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(const PointerUnion<PTs...> &P) { |
262 | return P.getOpaqueValue(); |
263 | } |
264 | |
265 | static inline PointerUnion<PTs...> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
266 | return PointerUnion<PTs...>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
267 | } |
268 | |
269 | // The number of bits available are the min of the pointer types minus the |
270 | // bits needed for the discriminator. |
271 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = PointerLikeTypeTraits<decltype( |
272 | PointerUnion<PTs...>::Val)>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
273 | }; |
274 | |
275 | /// A pointer union of three pointer types. See documentation for PointerUnion |
276 | /// for usage. |
277 | template <typename PT1, typename PT2, typename PT3> |
278 | using PointerUnion3 = PointerUnion<PT1, PT2, PT3>; |
279 | |
280 | /// A pointer union of four pointer types. See documentation for PointerUnion |
281 | /// for usage. |
282 | template <typename PT1, typename PT2, typename PT3, typename PT4> |
283 | using PointerUnion4 = PointerUnion<PT1, PT2, PT3, PT4>; |
284 | |
285 | // Teach DenseMap how to use PointerUnions as keys. |
286 | template <typename ...PTs> struct DenseMapInfo<PointerUnion<PTs...>> { |
287 | using Union = PointerUnion<PTs...>; |
288 | using FirstInfo = |
289 | DenseMapInfo<typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type>; |
290 | |
291 | static inline Union getEmptyKey() { return Union(FirstInfo::getEmptyKey()); } |
292 | |
293 | static inline Union getTombstoneKey() { |
294 | return Union(FirstInfo::getTombstoneKey()); |
295 | } |
296 | |
297 | static unsigned getHashValue(const Union &UnionVal) { |
298 | intptr_t key = (intptr_t)UnionVal.getOpaqueValue(); |
299 | return DenseMapInfo<intptr_t>::getHashValue(key); |
300 | } |
301 | |
302 | static bool isEqual(const Union &LHS, const Union &RHS) { |
303 | return LHS == RHS; |
304 | } |
305 | }; |
306 | |
307 | } // end namespace llvm |
308 | |
309 | #endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |